Add files via upload

L7/LBoundCheckBox.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundCheckBox.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 2 juin 2014, 16:03
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundCheckBox.h"
+
+LBoundCheckBox::LBoundCheckBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, long style)
+        : wxCheckBox(parent, id, _T("LCheckBox"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style)
+{
+    m_sqlQuote = wxEmptyString;
+    SetNull();
+}
+
+LBoundCheckBox::~LBoundCheckBox()
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->UnRegisterControl(this);
+}
+const wxAny LBoundCheckBox::GetData() {
+    if (Is3State()) {
+        if (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED) return L_SQLNULL;
+        if (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_CHECKED) return 1;
+        if (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_UNCHECKED) return 0;
+    } else {
+        if (GetValue() == wxCHK_UNCHECKED) return 0;
+        if (GetValue() == wxCHK_CHECKED) return 1;
+    }
+}
+bool LBoundCheckBox::SetData(const wxAny& newData) {
+    /* The interpretation of literal non is not documented 
+     * as it's for internal use.
+     */
+    wxString snewData;
+    newData.GetAs<wxString>(&snewData);
+    if (Is3State()) {
+        if (snewData.IsEmpty()
+                || snewData == L_SQLNULL) {
+            Set3StateValue(wxCHK_UNDETERMINED);
+            return true;
+        }
+        if (snewData == _T("0")
+                || snewData.Lower() == _T("no")) {
+            Set3StateValue(wxCHK_UNCHECKED);
+        } else {
+            Set3StateValue(wxCHK_CHECKED);
+        }
+        return true;
+    } else {
+        if (snewData == _T("0")
+                || snewData.IsEmpty()
+                || snewData.Lower() == _T("no")) {
+            SetValue(wxCHK_UNCHECKED);
+        } else {
+            SetValue(wxCHK_CHECKED);
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+void LBoundCheckBox::SetResultSet(LResultSet* newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return;
+    m_rs->RegisterControl(this);
+}
+bool LBoundCheckBox::IsNull() {
+    if (Is3State()) {
+        return (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED);
+    } else {
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+bool LBoundCheckBox::SetNull() {
+    return SetData(wxEmptyString);
+}
+bool LBoundCheckBox::IsDirty() {
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, "m_rs est NULL.");
+    wxAny ctrlData = GetData(); // 0, 1 or L_SQLNULL
+    wxAny BEData = m_rs->GetData(m_columnName);
+    int iBEData; BEData.GetAs(&iBEData);
+    if (Is3State()) {
+        if (BEData.IsNull()
+            || BEData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty()) {
+            BEData = L_SQLNULL;
+        } else if (iBEData != 0) {
+            BEData = 1;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (BEData.IsNull()
+            || iBEData == 0
+            || BEData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty()) {
+            BEData = 0;
+        } else {
+            BEData = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    return (ctrlData.As<wxString>() != BEData.As<wxString>());
+}
+const wxString LBoundCheckBox::GetDisplayedData() {
+    if (Is3State()) {
+        if (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED) return L_SQLNULL;
+        if (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_CHECKED) return _("Yes");
+        if (Get3StateValue() == wxCHK_UNCHECKED) return _("No");
+    } else {
+        if (GetValue() == wxCHK_CHECKED) return _("Yes");
+        if (GetValue() == wxCHK_UNCHECKED) return _("No");
+    }
+}

L7/LBoundCheckBox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundCheckBox.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 2 juin 2014, 16:02
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDCHECKBOX_H
+#define	LBOUNDCHECKBOX_H
+
+#include <wx/checkbox.h>
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+
+class LBoundCheckBox : public wxCheckBox, public LBoundControl
+{
+public:
+    LBoundCheckBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, long style = 0);
+    virtual ~LBoundCheckBox();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return 0 or 1, or literal NULL if the control is tristate with undetermined state.
+     */
+    const wxAny GetData();
+    /**
+     * If the control is tristate and newData is literal NULL, it's state is set to undetermined.
+     * If the control is dualstate, wxEmptyString is mapped to unchecked status.
+     * 
+     * Regardless of the control being dualstate or trisate, 0 is mapped to unchecked status,
+     * and any other value to checked status.
+     * 
+     * @param newData
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetData(const wxAny& newData);
+    /**
+     * Sets the resultset member and registers the control in the resultset.
+     * @param newResultSet
+     */
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return true if the control is trisate with state undetermined, false otherwise.
+     */
+    bool IsNull();
+    /**
+     * If control is tristate, it is set to undetermined state. Else,  it is set to unchecked state.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetNull();
+    bool IsDirty();
+    /**
+     * If the control is checked, returns literal Oui
+     * 
+     * If the control is unchecked, returns literal Non
+     * 
+     * If the control is tristate with undetermined state, returns literal NULL
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetDisplayedData();
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDCHECKBOX_H */
+

L7/LBoundComboBox.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundComboBox.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 3 juin 2014, 19:00
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundComboBox.h"
+#include "LItemData.h"
+
+LBoundComboBox::LBoundComboBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id)
+: wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0, NULL, wxCB_READONLY)
+{
+    m_sqlQuote = wxEmptyString;
+    SetNull();
+}
+
+LBoundComboBox::~LBoundComboBox()
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->UnRegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+bool LBoundComboBox::IsTranslated() const
+{
+    if (HasClientObjectData())
+    {
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(i));
+            if (x != NULL) return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool LBoundComboBox::SelectionIsTranslated() const
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(GetSelection()));
+        return (x != NULL);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+const wxAny LBoundComboBox::GetDataOfIndex(unsigned int idx) const
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(idx));
+        if (x != NULL) return x->GetData();
+        return wxEmptyString;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return GetString(idx);
+    }
+}
+
+const int LBoundComboBox::GetIndexOfData(const wxAny& data) const
+{
+    const wxString sdata = data.As<wxString>();
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        /* C001 Can be costly if there are thousands of items ! 
+         * In such a case, the control's usefulness is doubtful.
+         */
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(i));
+            if (x)
+            {
+                if (x->GetData().As<wxString>() == sdata)
+                {
+                    return i;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return wxNOT_FOUND;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return FindString(sdata);
+    }
+}
+
+const wxString LBoundComboBox::GetItemOfData(const wxAny& data) const
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        // See C001
+        const wxString sdata = data.As<wxString>();
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(i));
+            if (x != NULL)
+            {
+                if (x->GetData().As<wxString>() == sdata)
+                {
+                    return GetString(i);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+const wxAny LBoundComboBox::GetDataOfItem(const wxString& item) const
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        const int idx = FindString(item, true);
+        LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(idx));
+        if (x != NULL) return x->GetData();
+        return wxEmptyString;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return item;
+    }
+}
+
+const wxString LBoundComboBox::GetItemOfNull() const
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        // See C001
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(i));
+            if (x == NULL) return GetString(i);
+        }
+    }
+    return wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+const int LBoundComboBox::GetIndexOfNull() const
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        // See C001
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(i));
+            if (x == NULL) return i;
+        }
+    }
+    return wxNOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+void LBoundComboBox::Clear()
+{
+    wxComboBox::Clear();
+    const long wsflags = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+    SetWindowStyleFlag(0);
+    SetSelection(wxNOT_FOUND);
+    SetValue(wxEmptyString);
+    SetWindowStyleFlag(wsflags);
+}
+
+bool LBoundComboBox::SetData(const wxAny& data)
+{
+    const wxString sData = data.As<wxString>();
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        if (data.IsNull()
+            || sData.IsEmpty()
+            || sData == L_SQLNULL)
+        {
+            SetNull();
+            return (GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND); // ?
+        }
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(i));
+            if (x)
+            {
+                if (x->GetData().As<wxString>() == sData)
+                {
+                    SetSelection(i);
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bool hasData = FindString(sData, true);
+        SetValue(sData);
+        return hasData;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+const wxAny LBoundComboBox::GetData()
+{
+    if (IsNull()) return L_SQLNULL;
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(GetSelection()));
+        if (x != NULL)
+        {
+            return x->GetData();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            return L_SQLNULL;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return GetValue();
+    }
+}
+
+void LBoundComboBox::SetResultSet(LResultSet* newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return;
+    m_rs->RegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+bool LBoundComboBox::IsNull()
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        if (GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND)
+        {
+            if (SelectionIsTranslated())
+            {
+                LItemData * x = static_cast<LItemData*> (GetClientObject(GetSelection()));
+                if (x != NULL) return false;
+            }
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return (GetValue().IsEmpty());
+    }
+}
+
+bool LBoundComboBox::SetNull()
+{
+    if (IsTranslated())
+    {
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            wxClientData * x = GetClientObject(i);
+            if (x == NULL)
+            {
+                SetSelection(i);
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    long wsflags = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+    SetWindowStyleFlag(0);
+    SetSelection(wxNOT_FOUND);
+    SetValue(wxEmptyString);
+    SetWindowStyleFlag(wsflags);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LBoundComboBox::IsDirty()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, "m_rs est NULL.");
+    wxAny BEData = m_rs->GetData(m_columnName);
+    if (BEData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty()) BEData = L_SQLNULL;
+    return (GetData().As<wxString>() != BEData.As<wxString>());
+}
+
+const wxString LBoundComboBox::GetDisplayedData()
+{
+    return GetValue();
+}

L7/LBoundComboBox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundComboBox.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 3 juin 2014, 19:00
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDCOMBOBOX_H
+#define	LBOUNDCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <wx/combobox.h>
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+/**
+ * The control is called 'translated' if its items have associated client data that are instances of LItemData. 
+ * The item strings are then only descriptive.
+ */
+class LBoundComboBox : public wxComboBox, public LBoundControl
+{
+public:
+    LBoundComboBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY);
+    virtual ~LBoundComboBox();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return true if any of the items is associated with an instance of LItemData
+     */
+    bool IsTranslated() const;
+    bool SelectionIsTranslated() const;
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, returns the string item at idx.
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the associated data of the item at idx, or wxEmptyString.
+     * @param idx
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxAny GetDataOfIndex(unsigned int idx) const;
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, calls FindString(idx).
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the index of the item whose associated data equals the parameter, or wxNOT_FOUND.
+     * @param data
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const int GetIndexOfData(const wxAny& data) const;
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, returns wxEmptyString (there is no data associated with any item).
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the item whose associated data equals the parameter, or wxEmptyString.
+     * @param data
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetItemOfData(const wxAny& data) const;
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, returns the parameter itself.
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the associated data of the parameter, or wxEmptyString.
+     * @param item
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxAny GetDataOfItem(const wxString& item) const;
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, returns wxEmptyString.
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the first item that does not have an associated data, or wxEmptyString.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetItemOfNull() const;
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, returns wxNOT_FOUND.
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the index of the first item that does not have an associated data, or wxNOT_FOUND.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const int GetIndexOfNull() const;
+    /**
+     * Deletes all items, sets selection to wxNOT_FOUND and wxEmptyString.
+     */
+    void Clear();
+    /**
+     * If IsNull() is true, returns literal NULL.
+     * 
+     * If the control is not translated, returns GetValue().
+     * 
+     * Else, returns the associated client data value of the selection.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxAny GetData();
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, calls SetValue() and returns FindString().
+     * 
+     * If newData is empty or literal NULL, calls SetNull().
+     * Else, selects the first item whose associated client data equals newData.
+     * @param newData
+     * @return false if no item can be matched with newData, true otherwise.
+     */
+    bool SetData(const wxAny& newData);
+    /**
+     * Sets the resultset member and registers the control in the resultset.
+     * @param newResultSet
+     */
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, returns true if the selected item is empty.
+     * 
+     * Else, return true if the selected item does not have any associated client data.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool IsNull();
+    /**
+     * If the control is not translated, sets its value to wxEmptyString with wxNOT_FOUND selection.
+     * 
+     * Else, selects the first item that does not have an associated client data.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetNull();
+    bool IsDirty();
+    /**
+     * Alias for GetValue().
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetDisplayedData();
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDCOMBOBOX_H */
+

L7/LBoundControl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundControl.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 28 mai 2014, 15:16
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+
+LBoundControl::LBoundControl()
+{
+}
+
+LBoundControl::~LBoundControl()
+{
+}
+

L7/LBoundControl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundControl.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 28 mai 2014, 15:15
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDCONTROL_H
+#define	LBOUNDCONTROL_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+
+#define L_SQLNULL wxString(_T("NULL"))
+
+class LResultSet;
+/**
+ * Abstract base class for controls interacting with database table columns.
+ * 
+ * 
+ */
+class LBoundControl
+{
+public:
+    LBoundControl();
+    virtual ~LBoundControl();
+    /**
+     * Do not use column aliases.
+     * @param newColName
+     */
+    void SetColumnName(const wxString& newColName)
+    {
+        m_columnName = newColName;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetColumnName() const
+    {
+        return m_columnName;
+    }
+    /**
+     * The data that will be saved in the database table, which may not be the displayed value.
+     * 
+     * @return 
+     */
+    virtual const wxAny GetData() = 0;
+    virtual bool SetData(const wxAny& newData) = 0;
+    virtual void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet) = 0;
+    LResultSet* GetResultSet() const
+    {
+        return m_rs;
+    }
+    virtual bool IsNull() = 0;
+    virtual bool SetNull() = 0;
+    /**
+     * If the database column is numeric, use wxEmptystring, else, use a single quote ' .
+     * 
+     * @param newQuote
+     */
+    void SetSQLQuote(const wxString& newQuote)
+    {
+        m_sqlQuote = newQuote;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetSQLQuote()
+    {
+        return m_sqlQuote;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Is GetData() different from the table value ?
+     * 
+     * @return 
+     */
+    virtual bool IsDirty() = 0;
+    /**
+     * Data shown on screen, which is not always the data stored in the database table.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    virtual const wxString GetDisplayedData() = 0;
+protected:
+    wxWeakRef<LResultSet> m_rs;
+    wxString m_sqlQuote;
+    wxString m_columnName;
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDCONTROL_H */
+

L7/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 3 juin 2014, 16:37
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h"
+#include <wx/tokenzr.h>
+
+LBoundDatePickerCtrl::LBoundDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id) 
+        : wxDatePickerCtrl(parent, id, wxInvalidDateTime, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxDP_DEFAULT|wxDP_ALLOWNONE|wxDP_SHOWCENTURY)
+{
+    m_sqlQuote = _T("'");
+    SetValue(wxInvalidDateTime);
+}
+
+LBoundDatePickerCtrl::~LBoundDatePickerCtrl()
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->UnRegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+const wxAny LBoundDatePickerCtrl::GetData() {
+    if (IsNull()) return L_SQLNULL;
+    return GetValue().GetDateOnly().FormatISODate();
+}
+
+bool LBoundDatePickerCtrl::SetData(const wxAny& newData) {
+    if (newData.IsNull()) {
+        SetValue(wxInvalidDateTime);
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (newData.As<wxString>() == L_SQLNULL || newData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty()) {
+        SetValue(wxInvalidDateTime);
+        return true;
+    }
+    wxString s; newData.GetAs(&s);
+    const wxDateTime dt = BuildDate(s);
+    if (!dt.IsValid()) {
+        SetValue(wxInvalidDateTime);
+        return false;
+    }
+    SetValue(dt);
+    return true;
+}
+void LBoundDatePickerCtrl::SetResultSet(LResultSet* newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return;
+    m_rs->RegisterControl(this);
+}
+bool LBoundDatePickerCtrl::IsNull() {
+    return !(GetValue().IsValid());
+}
+bool LBoundDatePickerCtrl::SetNull() {
+    return SetData(L_SQLNULL);
+}
+bool LBoundDatePickerCtrl::IsDirty() {
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, "m_rs est NULL.");
+    wxAny BEData = m_rs->GetData(m_columnName);
+    if (BEData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty()) BEData = L_SQLNULL;
+    return (GetData().As<wxString>() != BEData.As<wxString>());
+}
+const wxString LBoundDatePickerCtrl::GetDisplayedData() {
+    if (IsNull()) return wxEmptyString;
+    return GetValue().GetDateOnly().FormatDate();
+}
+wxDateTime LBoundDatePickerCtrl::BuildDate(const wxString& ISODate) {
+    wxDateTime dt = wxDateTime::Today();
+    if (!dt.ParseISODate(ISODate)) return wxInvalidDateTime;
+    unsigned int * res = new unsigned int[3];
+    unsigned int i = 0;
+    wxAny token;
+    wxStringTokenizer tkz(ISODate, _T("-"));
+    while ( tkz.HasMoreTokens() )
+    {
+        token = tkz.GetNextToken();
+        token.GetAs(&res[i]);
+        i++;
+    }
+    dt.Set(res[2], (wxDateTime::Month) (res[1] - 1), res[0]);
+    wxDELETEA(res);
+    if (!dt.IsValid()) return wxInvalidDateTime;
+    dt.ResetTime();
+    return dt;
+}

L7/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 3 juin 2014, 16:37
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDDATEPICKERCTRL_H
+#define	LBOUNDDATEPICKERCTRL_H
+
+#include <wx/datectrl.h>
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+/**
+ * Initialised with wxInvalidDateTime. The underlying toolkit must allow wxDP_ALLOWNONE.
+ * 
+ * @param parent
+ * @param id
+ */
+class LBoundDatePickerCtrl : public wxDatePickerCtrl, public LBoundControl
+{
+public:
+    LBoundDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY);
+    virtual ~LBoundDatePickerCtrl();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return The current ISO date string, or literal NULL.
+     */
+    const wxAny GetData();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newData
+     * @return false if newData is not a valid ISO date string.
+     * True if newData is empty, or literal NULL, or a valid ISO date string.
+     */
+    bool SetData(const wxAny& newData);
+    /**
+     * Sets the resultset member and registers the control in the resultset.
+     * @param newResultSet
+     */
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return True if the control contains an invalid date, false otherwise.
+     */
+    bool IsNull();
+    /**
+     * Sets the control to invalid date.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetNull();
+    bool IsDirty();
+    /**
+     * If IsNull() is true, returns wxEmptyString.
+     * 
+     * Else, returns FormatDate() from the control's value.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetDisplayedData();
+    /**
+     * Builds a wxDateTime object from a valid ISO date string.
+     * 
+     * Returns wxInvalidDateTime if the parameter is not a valid ISO date string.
+     * 
+     * @param ISODate
+     * @return 
+     */
+    static wxDateTime BuildDate(const wxString& ISODate);
+    
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDDATEPICKERCTRL_H */
+

L7/LBoundGrid.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,820 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundGrid.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 16:40
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+#include "LGridCheckEditor.h"
+#include "LGridCheckRenderer.h"
+#include "LGridComboEditor.h"
+#include "LGridComboRenderer.h"
+#include "LGridDateEditor.h"
+#include "LGridDateRenderer.h"
+#include "LGridTextEditor.h"
+#include "LGridTextRenderer.h"
+#include "LGridSpinEditor.h"
+#include "LGridSpinRenderer.h"
+
+LBoundGrid::LBoundGrid(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id)
+: wxGrid(parent, id, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL)
+{
+    m_rs = NULL;
+    m_formClientSizer = NULL;
+    m_gridFormEVH = NULL;
+    m_scaleFactor = (wxGetDisplayPPI().GetY() / 96.0);
+    SetDefaultCellAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_CENTRE);
+    m_stringTable = new wxGridStringTable();
+    m_stringTable->CanHaveAttributes();
+    HideRowLabels();
+    SetUseNativeColLabels();
+    SetTable(m_stringTable);
+    SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectRows);
+    CreateMenu();
+    Bind(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, &LBoundGrid::ForceSingleLineRange, this);
+    Bind(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, &LBoundGrid::CellSelected, this);
+    Bind(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, &LBoundGrid::ShowMenu, this);
+}
+
+LBoundGrid::~LBoundGrid()
+{
+    delete m_menu;
+    delete m_formClientSizer;
+    ClearGrid();
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetResultSet(LResultSet* newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return;
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs->GetConnection() != NULL, _T("GetConnection() = NULL."));
+    if (!m_menu) return;
+    if (m_rs->GetConnection()->IsReadOnly() || m_rs->IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        m_menu->FindItemByPosition(0)->Enable(false);
+        m_menu->FindItemByPosition(2)->Enable(false);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_menu->FindItemByPosition(0)->Enable(true);
+        m_menu->FindItemByPosition(2)->Enable(true);
+    }
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::ClearGrid()
+{
+    Unbind(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, &LBoundGrid::ForceSingleLineRange, this);
+    Unbind(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, &LBoundGrid::CellSelected, this);
+    if (GetNumberRows()) DeleteRows(0, GetNumberRows());
+    if (GetNumberCols()) DeleteCols(0, GetNumberCols());
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::FillGrid()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs->GetConnection() != NULL, _T("GetConnection() = NULL."));
+    wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
+    // Starting again, the grid's resultset must free itself from any registered controls.
+    RestoreEditorControls();
+    Unbind(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, &LBoundGrid::ForceSingleLineRange, this);
+    Unbind(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, &LBoundGrid::CellSelected, this);
+    // Remember some states
+    const wxGridSizesInfo colSizes = GetColSizes();
+    const int col = GetGridCursorCol() > -1 ? GetGridCursorCol() : 0;
+    // Create enough cells
+    if (GetNumberRows()) DeleteRows(0, GetNumberRows());
+    const bool firstTime = (m_stringTable->GetNumberCols() == 0);
+    const int nbCols = m_rs->GetColumnCount();
+    if (firstTime) m_stringTable->AppendCols(nbCols);
+    const int nbRows = m_rs->GetRowCount();
+    m_stringTable->AppendRows(nbRows);
+    // Add an insert row
+    if (!m_rs->GetConnection()->IsReadOnly() && !m_rs->IsReadOnly())
+    {
+        m_stringTable->AppendRows(1);
+    }
+    // Grid header labels default to database table column names.
+    if (firstTime)
+    {
+        for (unsigned int c = 0; c < nbCols; c++)
+        {
+            m_stringTable->SetColLabelValue(c, m_rs->GetColumnName(c));
+        }
+    }
+    // Set each cell's value.
+    for (unsigned int r = 0; r < nbRows; r++)
+    {
+        for (unsigned int c = 0; c < nbCols; c++)
+        {
+            m_stringTable->SetValue(r, c, (m_rs->GetData(r, c)).As<wxString>());
+        }
+    }
+    Bind(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, &LBoundGrid::CellSelected, this);
+    Bind(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, &LBoundGrid::ForceSingleLineRange, this);
+    // Restore
+    SetColSizes(colSizes);
+    // synchronize with the resultset
+    const int targetRow = m_rs->GetRow() > -1 ? m_rs->GetRow() : 0;
+    if (GetNumberRows())
+    {
+        // Triggers CellSelected event. If no data, we are on insert row, we must call LResultSet::AddNew()
+        GoToCell(targetRow, col);
+        SelectRow(targetRow);
+    }
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CreateCheckBoxColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                                      const wxString& newLabel,
+                                      unsigned int width,
+                                      bool readOnly,
+                                      bool isDualstate,
+                                      wxString newNullLabel)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    const int col = m_rs->GetColumnIndex(newColName);
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col > -1, _("Invalid column name : ") + newColName);
+    wxGridCellAttr * colAtt = m_stringTable->GetAttr(GetGridCursorRow(), col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (colAtt == NULL) colAtt = new wxGridCellAttr();
+    LGridCheckEditor * ed = new LGridCheckEditor(newColName, isDualstate, newNullLabel);
+    colAtt->SetEditor(ed);
+    LGridCheckRenderer * rn = new LGridCheckRenderer(isDualstate, newNullLabel);
+    colAtt->SetRenderer(rn);
+    colAtt->SetReadOnly(readOnly);
+    m_stringTable->SetColAttr(colAtt, col);
+    m_stringTable->SetColLabelValue(col, newLabel);
+    SetColSize(col, width);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CreateComboBoxColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                                      const wxString& newLabel,
+                                      unsigned int width,
+                                      bool readOnly)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    const int col = m_rs->GetColumnIndex(newColName);
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col > -1, _("Invalid column name : ") + newColName);
+    wxGridCellAttr * colAtt = m_stringTable->GetAttr(GetGridCursorRow(), col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (colAtt == NULL) colAtt = new wxGridCellAttr();
+    LGridComboEditor * ed = new LGridComboEditor(newColName);
+    colAtt->SetEditor(ed);
+    LGridComboRenderer * rn = new LGridComboRenderer;
+    colAtt->SetRenderer(rn);
+    colAtt->SetReadOnly(readOnly);
+    m_stringTable->SetColAttr(colAtt, col);
+    m_stringTable->SetColLabelValue(col, newLabel);
+    SetColSize(col, width);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CreateDateColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                                  const wxString& newLabel,
+                                  unsigned int width,
+                                  bool readOnly)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    const int col = m_rs->GetColumnIndex(newColName);
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col > -1, _("Invalid column name : ") + newColName);
+    wxGridCellAttr * colAtt = m_stringTable->GetAttr(GetGridCursorRow(), col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (colAtt == NULL) colAtt = new wxGridCellAttr();
+    LGridDateEditor * ed = new LGridDateEditor(newColName);
+    colAtt->SetEditor(ed);
+    LGridDateRenderer * rn = new LGridDateRenderer();
+    colAtt->SetRenderer(rn);
+    colAtt->SetReadOnly(readOnly);
+    colAtt->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_RIGHT, wxALIGN_CENTRE);
+    m_stringTable->SetColAttr(colAtt, col);
+    m_stringTable->SetColLabelValue(col, newLabel);
+    SetColSize(col, width);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CreateTextColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                                  const wxString& newLabel,
+                                  unsigned int width,
+                                  bool newMultiline,
+                                  bool readOnly)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    const int col = m_rs->GetColumnIndex(newColName);
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col > -1, _("Invalid column name : ") + newColName);
+    wxGridCellAttr * colAtt = m_stringTable->GetAttr(GetGridCursorRow(), col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (colAtt == NULL) colAtt = new wxGridCellAttr();
+    LGridTextEditor * ed = new LGridTextEditor(newColName, newMultiline);
+    colAtt->SetEditor(ed);
+    LGridTextRenderer * rn = new LGridTextRenderer();
+    colAtt->SetRenderer(rn);
+    colAtt->SetReadOnly(readOnly);
+    m_stringTable->SetColAttr(colAtt, col);
+    m_stringTable->SetColLabelValue(col, newLabel);
+    SetColSize(col, width);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CreateSpinColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                                  const wxString& newLabel,
+                                  unsigned int width,
+                                  int newMin,
+                                  int newMax,
+                                  int newInitial,
+                                  bool readOnly)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    const int col = m_rs->GetColumnIndex(newColName);
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col > -1, _("Invalid column name : ") + newColName);
+    wxGridCellAttr * colAtt = m_stringTable->GetAttr(GetGridCursorRow(), col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (colAtt == NULL) colAtt = new wxGridCellAttr();
+    LGridSpinEditor * ed = new LGridSpinEditor(newColName, newMin, newMax, newInitial);
+    colAtt->SetEditor(ed);
+    LGridSpinRenderer * rn = new LGridSpinRenderer();
+    colAtt->SetRenderer(rn);
+    colAtt->SetReadOnly(readOnly);
+    colAtt->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_RIGHT, wxALIGN_CENTRE);
+    m_stringTable->SetColAttr(colAtt, col);
+    m_stringTable->SetColLabelValue(col, newLabel);
+    SetColSize(col, width);
+}
+
+const wxString LBoundGrid::GetColName(const unsigned int col)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    InitEditor(GetGridCursorRow(), col, false);
+    LGridColEditor * gce = GetColEditor(GetGridCursorRow(), col);
+    if (gce == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    return gce->GetColumnName();
+}
+
+int LBoundGrid::GetColIndex(const wxString& colName)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    for (unsigned int col = 0; col < GetNumberCols(); col++)
+    {
+        LGridColEditor * gce = GetColEditor(GetGridCursorRow(), col);
+        if (gce == NULL) continue;
+        if (gce->GetColumnName().Lower() == colName.Lower()) return col;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+LBoundControl* LBoundGrid::GetBoundControl(const unsigned int row,
+                                           const unsigned int col,
+                                           bool keepRegistered)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows(), _("Invalid row parameter"));
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols(), _("Invalid col parameter"));
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellAttr> cellAttr;
+    cellAttr = m_stringTable->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (cellAttr.get() == NULL) return NULL;
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellEditor> ed;
+    ed = cellAttr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
+    if (ed.get() == NULL) return NULL;
+    ed->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
+    ed->Show(false);
+    LGridColEditor* gce = dynamic_cast<LGridColEditor*> (ed.get()); // CROSS CASTING
+    if (!gce) return NULL; // APP CAN ADD AN UNBOUND COLUMN
+    if (!keepRegistered)
+    {
+        wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+        m_rs->UnRegisterControl(gce->GetBoundControl());
+    }
+    return gce->GetBoundControl();
+}
+
+LBoundControl* LBoundGrid::GetBoundControl(const unsigned int row,
+                                           const wxString& colName,
+                                           bool keepRegistered)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    wxASSERT_MSG(row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows(), _("Invalid row parameter"));
+    for (int col = 0; col < GetNumberCols(); col++)
+    {
+        LGridColEditor * gce = GetColEditor(row, col);
+        if (gce == NULL) continue;
+        if (gce->GetColumnName().Lower() == colName.Lower())
+        {
+            InitEditor(row, col, keepRegistered);
+            return gce->GetBoundControl();
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+LGridColEditor* LBoundGrid::GetColEditor(const unsigned int row, const unsigned int col) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows(), _("Invalid row parameter"));
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols(), _("Invalid col parameter"));
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellAttr> cellAttr;
+    cellAttr = m_stringTable->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (cellAttr.get() == NULL) return NULL;
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellEditor> ed;
+    ed = cellAttr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
+    if (ed.get() == NULL) return NULL;
+    return dynamic_cast<LGridColEditor*> (ed.get());
+}
+
+wxControl* LBoundGrid::GetFormEditor(const unsigned int col) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols(), _("Invalid col parameter"));
+    int row = m_rs->GetRow();
+    if (m_rs->IsInserting()) row = m_rs->GetRowCount();
+    LGridColEditor* gce = GetColEditor(row, col);
+    if (!gce) return NULL;
+    return gce->GetFormEditor();
+}
+
+wxControl* LBoundGrid::GetFormEditor(const wxString& colName)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    int row = m_rs->GetRow();
+    if (m_rs->IsInserting()) row = m_rs->GetRowCount();
+    for (int col = 0; col < GetNumberCols(); col++)
+    {
+        LGridColEditor * gce = GetColEditor(row, col);
+        if (gce == NULL) continue;
+        if (gce->GetColumnName().Lower() == colName.Lower())
+            return gce->GetFormEditor();
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+bool LBoundGrid::InitEditor(const unsigned int row,
+                            const unsigned int col,
+                            bool keepRegistered)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows(), _("Invalid row parameter"));
+    wxASSERT_MSG(col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols(), _("Invalid col parameter"));
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellAttr> cellAttr;
+    cellAttr = m_stringTable->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (cellAttr.get() == NULL) return false;
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellEditor> ed;
+    ed = cellAttr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
+    if (ed.get() == NULL) return false;
+    // That's what we want to do.
+    ed->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
+    ed->Show(false);
+    if (!keepRegistered)
+    {
+        wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+        LGridColEditor* gce = dynamic_cast<LGridColEditor*> (ed.get());
+        if (!gce) return false;
+        m_rs->UnRegisterControl(gce->GetBoundControl());
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::InitAllEditors(const unsigned int row, bool keepRegistered)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows(), _("Invalid row parameter"));
+    if (m_stringTable == NULL) return;
+    if (GetNumberCols() > 0)
+    {
+        for (int col = 0; col < GetNumberCols(); col++)
+        {
+            InitEditor(row, col, keepRegistered);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::AddMenuSeparator()
+{
+    m_menu->AppendSeparator();
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::AddMenuItem(wxMenuItem* newItem)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(newItem != NULL, _("Menu item is NULL"));
+    if (m_menu->FindItem(newItem->GetItemLabelText()) != wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_menu->Append(newItem);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::AddSubMenu(wxMenu* newSubMenu, const wxString& label)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(newSubMenu != NULL, _("Submenu is NULL"));
+    if (m_menu->FindItem(newSubMenu->GetTitle()) != wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_menu->AppendSubMenu(newSubMenu, label);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::RemoveMenuItem(const wxString& newItemLabelText)
+{
+    if (m_menu->FindItem(newItemLabelText) == wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_menu->Remove(m_menu->FindChildItem(m_menu->FindItem(newItemLabelText)));
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::RemoveAllExternalMenuItems()
+{
+    if (m_menu->GetMenuItemCount() < 8) return;
+    do
+    {
+        m_menu->Remove(m_menu->GetMenuItems()[7]);
+    }
+    while (m_menu->GetMenuItemCount() > 7);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::EnableMenuItem(int id, bool enable)
+{
+    if (m_menu->FindChildItem(id)) m_menu->Enable(id, enable);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Only one single row must be selected at a time.
+ * Even if multiple selections do not affect the grid row and col cursor values,
+ * selecting only one row may avoid confusion.
+ * And the library is not designed to account for edits on multiple rows.
+ */
+void LBoundGrid::ForceSingleLineRange(wxGridRangeSelectEvent& evt)
+{
+    if ((evt.Selecting()))
+    {
+        wxASSERT_MSG(GetSelectionMode() == wxGridSelectRows, "Selection mode is not wxGridSelectRows.");
+        if (evt.ControlDown() == true
+            || evt.GetTopRow() != evt.GetBottomRow())
+        {
+            SelectRow(GetGridCursorRow());
+            evt.Veto();
+        }
+    }
+    evt.Skip();
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CellSelected(wxGridEvent& evt)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    // The insert row is somehow un-natural, it exists in the grid but not in the resultset, we manage it separately.
+    if (!m_rs->IsInserting())
+    {
+        // The user wants to change row.
+        if ((evt.GetRow() != m_rs->GetRow()))
+        {
+            // If there have been no edits in therow we are leaving, we must unregister all controls in the resultset.
+            if (!m_rs->IsDirty() && m_rs->HasData()) RestoreEditorControls();
+            // The user doesn't want to go on insert row.
+            if (evt.GetRow() < m_rs->GetRowCount())
+            {
+                // Absolute() will fail if there are edits
+                if (!m_rs->Absolute(evt.GetRow()))
+                {
+                    evt.Veto(); // Doesn't seem to do anything
+                    // Absolute() failed, get back to where we were.
+                    GoToCell(m_rs->GetRow(), GetGridCursorCol());
+                    SelectRow(m_rs->GetRow());
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // The user wants to go on insert row, call AddNe(). Will fail if there are edits.
+                if (!m_rs->AddNew())
+                {
+                    evt.Veto();
+                    // AddNew() failed, get back to where we were.
+                    GoToCell(m_rs->GetRow(), GetGridCursorCol());
+                    SelectRow(m_rs->GetRow());
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        // We are inserting, on insert row.
+    {
+        // The user want to go above (if there is saved data).
+        if (evt.GetRow() < m_rs->GetRowCount())
+        {
+            // There are no edits on the insert row.
+            if (!m_rs->IsDirty())
+            {
+                RestoreEditorControls();
+                m_rs->Cancel();
+                // Synchronize the resultset with the grid.
+                m_rs->Absolute(evt.GetRow());
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // There are edits on the insert row.
+                m_rs->InformInserting();
+                evt.Veto();
+                // Get back.
+                GoToCell(m_rs->GetRowCount(), GetGridCursorCol());
+                SelectRow(m_rs->GetRowCount());
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    evt.Skip();
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::CreateMenu()
+{
+    m_menu = new wxMenu(0);
+    wxMenuItem * item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu, ID_MNU_SAVE, _("Save"));
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu, ID_MNU_CANCEL, _("Cancel"));
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu, ID_MNU_DELETE, _("Delete"));
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu);
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu, ID_MNU_REFRESH, _("Refresh"));
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu);
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    item = new wxMenuItem(m_menu, ID_MNU_FORMVIEW, _("Form view"));
+    m_menu->Append(item);
+    m_menu->Bind(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, &LBoundGrid::MenuAction, this);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::ShowMenu(wxGridEvent& evt)
+{
+    GetGridWindow()->PopupMenu(m_menu);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::MenuAction(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    switch (evt.GetId()) {
+    case ID_MNU_SAVE:
+        if (m_rs)
+        {
+            int row = m_rs->GetRow();
+            if (m_rs->IsInserting()) row = m_rs->GetRowCount();
+            InitPKEditor(row);
+            if (m_rs->Save())
+            {
+                RestoreEditorControls();
+                FillGrid();
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+    case ID_MNU_CANCEL:
+        if (m_rs)
+        {
+            HideCellEditControl();
+            const unsigned int nbCols = m_rs->GetColumnCount();
+            int row = m_rs->GetRow();
+            if (m_rs->IsInserting()) row = m_rs->GetRowCount();
+            for (int c = 0; c < nbCols; c++)
+            {
+                wxAny data = wxEmptyString;
+                if (!m_rs->IsInserting())
+                    data = (m_rs->GetData(row, c));
+                m_stringTable->SetValue(row, c, data.As<wxString>());
+            }
+            m_rs->Cancel();
+            RestoreEditorControls();
+            row = m_rs->HasData() ? m_rs->GetRow() : 0;
+            GoToCell(row, GetGridCursorCol());
+            SelectRow(row);
+            ForceRefresh();
+        }
+        break;
+    case ID_MNU_REFRESH:
+        // If there's no data, the grid is on insert row and AddNew() has been called.
+        if (!m_rs->HasData()) m_rs->Cancel();
+        RestoreEditorControls();
+        m_rs->Refresh();
+        FillGrid();
+        break;
+    case ID_MNU_DELETE:
+        if (m_rs)
+        {
+            if (m_rs->GetRowCount() < 1) return;
+            InitPKEditor(m_rs->GetRow());
+            if (m_rs->Delete())
+            {
+                RestoreEditorControls();
+                FillGrid();
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+    case ID_MNU_FORMVIEW:
+        ShowFormView();
+        break;
+    }
+    GetGridWindow()->SetFocus();
+}
+
+bool LBoundGrid::InitPKEditor(const int row)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    for (int c = 0; c < GetNumberCols(); c++)
+    {
+        wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellAttr> cellAttr;
+        cellAttr = m_stringTable->GetAttr(row, c, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+        if (cellAttr.get() == NULL) continue;
+        wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellEditor> ed;
+        ed = cellAttr->GetEditor(this, row, c);
+        if (ed.get() == NULL) continue;
+        LGridColEditor * gce = dynamic_cast<LGridColEditor*> (ed.get());
+        if (gce == NULL) continue;
+        if (gce->GetColumnName().Lower() == m_rs->GetPKColumnName().Lower())
+        {
+            ed->BeginEdit(row, c, this);
+            ed->Show(false);
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::ShowFormView()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    wxDialog * dlg = new wxDialog(this, wxID_ANY, _("Form view"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxMAXIMIZE_BOX | wxRESIZE_BORDER);
+    unsigned int row = m_rs->GetRow();
+    if (m_rs->IsInserting()) row = m_rs->GetRowCount();
+    // We want to ignore hidden columns.
+    unsigned int visibleCol = 0;
+    // Multiline wxTextCtrl must be able to expand vertically.
+    bool hasMultiline = false;
+
+    // ScrolledWindow/VerticalSizer/Panel/VerticalSizer/FlexGridSizer
+    //                                                 /ClientSizer
+    wxScrolledWindow * swMain = new wxScrolledWindow(dlg, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSUNKEN_BORDER | wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL);
+    swMain->SetScrollbars(1, 1, 0, 0);
+    wxBoxSizer* vsz0 = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
+    swMain->SetSizer(vsz0);
+    wxPanel * pan0 = new wxPanel(swMain, wxID_ANY, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSUNKEN_BORDER | wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL);
+    vsz0->Add(pan0, 1, wxEXPAND);
+    wxBoxSizer * vsz = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
+    wxFlexGridSizer * flxsz = new wxFlexGridSizer(0, 2, 0, 0);
+    pan0->SetSizer(vsz);
+    vsz->Add(flxsz, 1, wxGROW | wxGROW | wxALL);
+    flxsz->AddGrowableCol(1);
+    m_formClientSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
+    vsz->Add(m_formClientSizer, 0, wxGROW, 1);
+
+    for (unsigned int col = 0; col < GetNumberCols(); col++)
+    {
+        if (GetColSize(col) == 0) continue;
+        InitEditor(row, col, true);
+        LGridColEditor * gce = GetColEditor(row, col);
+        if (gce == NULL) continue;
+        int type = gce->GetType();
+        // Receive the form editor from LGridColEditor::ProvideFormEditor
+        wxControl * fEditor = NULL;
+        // One more pointer to a text control
+        wxTextCtrl * txtCtrl = NULL;
+        switch (type) {
+        case LGridColEditor::TEXT:
+            fEditor = static_cast<wxTextCtrl*> (gce->ProvideFormEditor(pan0));
+            txtCtrl = static_cast<wxTextCtrl*> (fEditor);
+            break;
+        case LGridColEditor::CHECK:
+            fEditor = static_cast<wxCheckBox*> (gce->ProvideFormEditor(pan0));
+            break;
+        case LGridColEditor::COMBO:
+            fEditor = static_cast<wxComboBox*> (gce->ProvideFormEditor(pan0));
+            break;
+        case LGridColEditor::DATE:
+            fEditor = static_cast<wxDatePickerCtrl*> (gce->ProvideFormEditor(pan0));
+            break;
+        case LGridColEditor::SPIN:
+            fEditor = static_cast<wxSpinCtrl*> (gce->ProvideFormEditor(pan0));
+            break;
+        }
+        // A label corresponding to the grid column header
+        wxStaticText * lbl = new wxStaticText(pan0, wxID_ANY, m_stringTable->GetColLabelValue(col), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, 0);
+        flxsz->Add(lbl, 0, wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL | wxALL, 0);
+        if (txtCtrl && txtCtrl->IsMultiLine())
+        {
+            flxsz->Add(fEditor, 0, wxGROW | wxGROW | wxALL, 0);
+            txtCtrl = NULL;
+            // The multiline text control must expand.
+            flxsz->AddGrowableRow(visibleCol);
+            hasMultiline = true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            flxsz->Add(fEditor, 0, wxGROW | wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL | wxALL, 0);
+        }
+        wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellAttr> cellAttr;
+        cellAttr = m_stringTable->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+        if (cellAttr.get() != NULL)
+        {
+            // read only columns must not be edited
+            fEditor->Enable(!cellAttr->IsReadOnly());
+        }
+        fEditor->Show(true);
+        // visibleCol <> col
+        visibleCol++;
+    }
+
+    wxSize dSize = wxDefaultSize;
+    if (hasMultiline)
+    {
+        // Some arbitrary values
+        wxSize screen = wxGetDisplaySize();
+        dSize.SetWidth(screen.GetWidth() * 0.4);
+        dSize.SetHeight(screen.GetHeight() * 0.75);
+    }
+    // Let the application do something with the dialog before we show it
+    if (m_gridFormEVH) m_gridFormEVH->BeforeFormShown(this, m_formClientSizer);
+    vsz->SetSizeHints(pan0); // here
+    dlg->SetSize(dSize);
+    dlg->CentreOnScreen();
+    swMain->FitInside();
+    int res = dlg->ShowModal();
+    // Sync back any edits. Here we don't care about visible columns.
+    for (int col = 0; col < GetNumberCols(); col++)
+    {
+        LGridColEditor * dce = GetColEditor(row, col);
+        if (dce == NULL) continue;
+        dce->SyncBack(row, col, this);
+    }
+    // Let the application complete whatever.
+    if (m_gridFormEVH) m_gridFormEVH->AfterFormHidden(this, m_formClientSizer);
+    SetFocus();
+    dlg->Destroy();
+    wxDELETE(dlg); // ??
+    m_formClientSizer = NULL;
+    // Last information. But it's not idle time yet; this may be a source of unexpected trouble.
+    if (m_gridFormEVH) m_gridFormEVH->AfterFormDestroyed(this);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::RestoreEditorControls()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    while (m_rs->GetRegisteredControls().GetCount())
+    {
+        LBoundControl * ctrl = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_rs->GetRegisteredControls().Item(0));
+        m_rs->UnRegisterControl(ctrl);
+        ctrl->SetNull();
+    }
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::ResetColEditor(const int col)
+{
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellAttr> cellAttr;
+    cellAttr = m_stringTable->GetAttr(GetGridCursorRow(), col, wxGridCellAttr::Col);
+    if (cellAttr == NULL) return;
+    wxObjectDataPtr<wxGridCellEditor> ed;
+    ed = cellAttr->GetEditor(this, GetGridCursorRow(), col);
+    // This deletes the editor (m_control).
+    if (ed.get()) ed->Reset();
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetDefaultRowSize(int height, bool resizeExistingRows)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize(((wxDouble) height) * m_scaleFactor, resizeExistingRows);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(int width)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(((wxDouble) width) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetColMinimalWidth(int col, int width)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth(col, ((wxDouble) width) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetColSize(int col, int width)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetColSize(col, ((wxDouble) width) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetDefaultColSize(int width, bool resizeExistingCols)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize(((wxDouble) width) * m_scaleFactor, resizeExistingCols);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetRowLabelSize(int width)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize(((wxDouble) width) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(int height)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(((wxDouble) height) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight(int row, int height)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight(row, ((wxDouble) height) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+void LBoundGrid::SetRowSize(int row, int height)
+{
+    wxGrid::SetRowSize(row, ((wxDouble) height) * m_scaleFactor);
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+LBoundGridFormEvent::LBoundGridFormEvent()
+{
+}
+
+LBoundGridFormEvent::~LBoundGridFormEvent()
+{
+}
+
+void LBoundGridFormEvent::BeforeFormShown(const LBoundGrid * origin, wxBoxSizer* clientSizer)
+{
+
+}
+
+void LBoundGridFormEvent::AfterFormHidden(const LBoundGrid * origin, wxBoxSizer* clientSizer)
+{
+
+}
+
+void LBoundGridFormEvent::AfterFormDestroyed(const LBoundGrid * origin)
+{
+
+}

L7/LBoundGrid.h

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundGrid.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 16:40
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDGRID_H
+#define	LBOUNDGRID_H
+
+#include <wx/grid.h>
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+
+class LBoundGridFormEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Displays and edits database tables with custom renderers and editors.
+ * A custom menu controls data editing.
+ * Can edit a row in form view; application can add widgets on the form dialog.
+ * Display on phones or tablets with high DPI is optimized.
+ */
+class LBoundGrid : public wxGrid
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * The constructor forces selection mode to wxGridSelectRows,
+     * this is a requirement, don't change it in your code.
+     * 
+     * @param parent
+     * @param id
+     */
+    LBoundGrid(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY);
+    /**
+     * Deletes the menu, the form client sizer and calls ClearGrid().
+     */
+    virtual ~LBoundGrid();
+
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+
+    LResultSet* GetResultSet() const
+    {
+        return m_rs;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Is destructive. All rows and columns are deleted. Column editors get destroyed.
+     */
+    void ClearGrid();
+    /**
+     * Deletes all rows, preserves columns, fills the underlying wxStringTable with raw database data.
+     */
+    void FillGrid();
+    /**
+     * The specified column will be edited with LGridCheckEditor and rendered with LGridCheckRenderer.
+     * @param newColName database table column name
+     * @param newLabel grid header label
+     * @param width column width
+     * @param readOnly if true, editing is not allowed
+     * @param isDualstate edit/render as dual or tristate
+     * @param newNullLabel if the underlying check box is tristate with undetermined state, the cell displays this value
+     */
+    void CreateCheckBoxColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                              const wxString& newLabel,
+                              unsigned int width,
+                              bool readOnly = false,
+                              bool isDualstate = false,
+                              wxString newNullLabel = _T("?"));
+    /**
+     * The specified column will be edited with LGridComboEditor and rendered with LGridComboRenderer.
+     * @param newColName database table column name
+     * @param newLabel grid header label
+     * @param width column width
+     * @param readOnly if true, editing is not allowed
+     */
+    void CreateComboBoxColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                              const wxString& newLabel,
+                              unsigned int width,
+                              bool readOnly = false);
+    /**
+     * The specified column will be edited with LGridDateEditor and rendered with LGridDateRenderer.
+     * @param newColName database table column name
+     * @param newLabel grid header label
+     * @param width column width
+     * @param readOnly if true, editing is not allowed
+     */
+    void CreateDateColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                          const wxString& newLabel,
+                          unsigned int width,
+                          bool readOnly = false);
+    /**
+     * The specified column will be edited with LGridTextEditor and rendered with LGridTextRenderer.
+     * @param newColName database table column name
+     * @param newLabel grid header label
+     * @param width column width
+     * @param newMultiline use a single or multiline text editor
+     * @param readOnly if true, editing is not allowed
+     */
+    void CreateTextColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                          const wxString& newLabel,
+                          unsigned int width,
+                          bool newMultiline = false,
+                          bool readOnly = false);
+    /**
+     * The specified column will be edited with LGridSpinEditor and rendered with LGridSpinRenderer.
+     * @param newColName database table column name
+     * @param newLabel grid header label
+     * @param width column width
+     * @param newMin minimal value of the editor
+     * @param newMax maximal value of the editor
+     * @param newInitial initial value of the editor
+     * @param readOnly if true, editing is not allowed
+     */
+    void CreateSpinColumn(const wxString& newColName,
+                          const wxString& newLabel,
+                          unsigned int width,
+                          int newMin = 0,
+                          int newMax = 100,
+                          int newInitial = 0,
+                          bool readOnly = false);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param col the grid column index
+     * @return the database table column name if above Create???Column has been called on that column, wxEmpyString otherwise.
+     */
+    const wxString GetColName(const unsigned int col);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param colName database table column name
+     * @return the grid column index of the first column defined with above Create???Column and whose
+     * columnName property equals colName. If no column is found, -1 is returned.
+     */
+    int GetColIndex(const wxString& colName);
+    /**
+     * Has to call BeginEdit on the cell at row and col. This creates the editor if necessary,
+     * which in turn registers it in the underlying resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param keepRegistered if true, does not unregister the editor in the underlying resultset
+     * @return The editor typed as LBoundControl* if found, NULL otherwise.
+     */
+    LBoundControl* GetBoundControl(const unsigned int row,
+                                   const unsigned int col,
+                                   bool keepRegistered = true);
+    /**
+     * Has to call BeginEdit on the cell at row and colName. This creates the editor if necessary,
+     * which in turn registers it in the underlying resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param colName database table column name
+     * @param keepRegistered if true, does not unregister the editor in the underlying resultset
+     * @return The editor typed as LBoundControl* if found, NULL otherwise.
+     */
+    LBoundControl* GetBoundControl(const unsigned int row,
+                                   const wxString& colName,
+                                   bool keepRegistered = true);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @return the cell editor at row and col as LGridColEditor* .
+     */
+    LGridColEditor * GetColEditor(const unsigned int row, const unsigned int col) const;
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param col grid column index
+     * @return the form editor if in form view, NULL otherwise.
+     */
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor(const unsigned int col) const;
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param colName database table column name
+     * @return the form editor if in form view, NULL otherwise.
+     */
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor(const wxString& colName);
+    /**
+     * Calls BeginEdit on the cell at row and colName. This creates the editor if necessary,
+     * which in turn registers it in the underlying resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param keepRegistered if true, does not unregister the editor in the underlying resultset
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool InitEditor(const unsigned int row,
+                    const unsigned int col,
+                    bool keepRegistered = true);
+    void InitAllEditors(const unsigned int row, bool keepRegistered = true);
+
+    /**
+     * An application can register a single form event handler here.
+     * @param newEVH
+     */
+    void SetGridFormEventHandler(LBoundGridFormEvent * newEVH)
+    {
+        m_gridFormEVH = newEVH;
+    }
+
+    LBoundGridFormEvent* GetGridFormEventHandler()
+    {
+        return m_gridFormEVH;
+    }
+
+    void AddMenuSeparator();
+    void AddMenuItem(wxMenuItem * newItem);
+    void AddSubMenu(wxMenu * newSubMenu, const wxString &label);
+    void RemoveMenuItem(const wxString& newItemLabelText);
+    void RemoveAllExternalMenuItems();
+    void EnableMenuItem(int id, bool enable = true);
+
+    wxMenu* GetMenu() const
+    {
+        return m_menu;
+    }
+    // Overrides to optimize display on phones and tablets with high DPI. 
+    void SetDefaultRowSize(int height, bool resizeExistingRows = false);
+    void SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(int width);
+    void SetColMinimalWidth(int col, int width);
+    void SetColSize(int col, int width);
+    void SetDefaultColSize(int width, bool resizeExistingCols = false);
+    void SetRowLabelSize(int width);
+    void SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(int height);
+    void SetRowMinimalHeight(int row, int height);
+    void SetRowSize(int row, int height);
+private:
+
+    enum mnuIDs
+    {
+        ID_MNU_SAVE = -50000, ID_MNU_DELETE, ID_MNU_CANCEL, ID_MNU_REFRESH, ID_MNU_FORMVIEW
+    };
+    wxWeakRef<LResultSet> m_rs;
+    /**
+     * For phones and tablets with high DPI.
+     */
+    wxDouble m_scaleFactor;
+    /**
+     * All database table date is stored as string.
+     */
+    wxGridStringTable * m_stringTable;
+    wxMenu * m_menu;
+    /**
+     * This wxBoxSizer is created on the wxDialog when the grid is in form view,
+     * and is passed to the application via an instance of LBoundGridFormEvent if set.
+     */
+    wxBoxSizer * m_formClientSizer;
+    /**
+     * Client application can set a single instance of LBoundGridFormEvent to receive 
+     * events in form view.
+     */
+    LBoundGridFormEvent * m_gridFormEVH;
+    /**
+     * Only one single line must be selected.
+     * @param evt
+     */
+    void ForceSingleLineRange(wxGridRangeSelectEvent& evt);
+    /**
+     * Synchronizes the grid and the resultset row positions.
+     * @param evt
+     */
+    void CellSelected(wxGridEvent& evt);
+    /**
+     * Called in constructor.
+     */
+    void CreateMenu();
+    /**
+     * On right click.
+     * @param evt
+     */
+    void ShowMenu(wxGridEvent& evt);
+    /**
+     * Saves, cancels edits or deletes current row, or shows form view.
+     * @param evt
+     */
+    void MenuAction(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    /**
+     * Helper function to Save() and Delete(). Concerns the column declared as primary key.
+     * @param row
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool InitPKEditor(const int row);
+    /**
+     * Edits the current row in a wxDialog.
+     */
+    void ShowFormView();
+    /**
+     * Unregisters all controls in the resultset and set them back to null.
+     */
+    void RestoreEditorControls();
+    /**
+     * Calls Reset() on the LGridColEditor at col, i.e., deletes the editor control.
+     * @param col grid column index
+     */
+    void ResetColEditor(const int col);
+
+};
+
+class LBoundGridFormEvent
+{
+public:
+    LBoundGridFormEvent();
+    virtual ~LBoundGridFormEvent();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param origin
+     * @param clientSizer a wxBoxSizer at the bottom of the form window.
+     */
+    virtual void BeforeFormShown(const LBoundGrid * origin, wxBoxSizer * clientSizer);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param origin
+     * @param clientSizer a wxBoxSizer at the bottom of the form window.
+     */
+    virtual void AfterFormHidden(const LBoundGrid * origin, wxBoxSizer * clientSizer);
+    virtual void AfterFormDestroyed(const LBoundGrid * origin);
+
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDGRID_H */
+

L7/LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 22 septembre 2014, 14:38
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundSpinCtrl.h"
+
+LBoundSpinCtrl::LBoundSpinCtrl(wxWindow* parent,
+                               wxWindowID id,
+                               const wxPoint& pos,
+                               const wxSize& size,
+                               long style,
+                               int min,
+                               int max,
+                               int initial)
+: wxSpinCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, pos, size, style, min, max, initial)
+{
+    m_initialValue = initial;
+}
+
+LBoundSpinCtrl::~LBoundSpinCtrl()
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->UnRegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+void LBoundSpinCtrl::SetResultSet(LResultSet* newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return;
+    m_rs->RegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+bool LBoundSpinCtrl::SetData(const wxAny& newData)
+{
+    if (newData.IsNull() || newData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty() )
+    {
+        SetValue(m_initialValue);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int iData;
+        newData.GetAs<int>(&iData);
+        SetValue(iData);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LBoundSpinCtrl::IsDirty()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    wxAny BEData = m_rs->GetData(m_columnName);
+    if (BEData.IsNull() || BEData.As<wxString>().IsEmpty())
+        BEData = m_initialValue;
+    return (GetData().As<wxString>() != BEData.As<wxString>());
+
+}

L7/LBoundSpinCtrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundSpinCtrl.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 22 septembre 2014, 14:36
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDSPINCTRL_H
+#define	LBOUNDSPINCTRL_H
+
+#include <wx/spinctrl.h>
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+
+/**
+ This integer spin control always has a value. Hence, the associated table column must have the
+ * same default value as the initial value of the control.
+ */
+class LBoundSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrl, public LBoundControl
+{
+public:
+    LBoundSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
+                   wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
+                   const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
+                   const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
+                   long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
+                   int min = 0,
+                   int max = 100,
+                   int initial = 0);
+    virtual ~LBoundSpinCtrl();
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the resultset member and registers the control in the resultset.
+     * @param newResultSet
+     */
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return Alias for GetValue().
+     */
+    const wxAny GetData()
+    {
+        return GetValue();
+    }
+    /**
+     * If newData is null or empty, sets the control to its initial value.
+     * @param newData
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetData(const wxAny& newData);
+
+    /**
+     * This control is never empty.
+     * @return false, always
+     */
+    bool IsNull()
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the control to its initial value.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetNull()
+    {
+        SetData(m_initialValue);
+    }
+    bool IsDirty();
+
+    /**
+     * Alias for GetData().
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetDisplayedData()
+    {
+        return GetData().As<wxString>();
+    }
+
+private:
+    int m_initialValue;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDSPINCTRL_H */
+

L7/LBoundTextCtrl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundTextCtrl.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 2 juin 2014, 14:53
+ */
+
+#include "LBoundTextCtrl.h"
+
+LBoundTextCtrl::LBoundTextCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, long style)
+: wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, style)
+{
+    m_sqlQuote = _T("'");
+}
+
+LBoundTextCtrl::~LBoundTextCtrl()
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->UnRegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+void LBoundTextCtrl::SetResultSet(LResultSet* newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return;
+    m_rs->RegisterControl(this);
+}
+
+const wxAny LBoundTextCtrl::GetData()
+{
+    if (GetValue().IsEmpty()) return L_SQLNULL;
+    return GetValue();
+}
+
+bool LBoundTextCtrl::SetData(const wxAny& newData)
+{
+    ChangeValue(newData.As<wxString>());
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LBoundTextCtrl::IsDirty()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _("RS = NULL"));
+    wxAny BEData = m_rs->GetData(m_columnName);
+    return (GetValue() != BEData.As<wxString>());
+}

L7/LBoundTextCtrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LBoundTextCtrl.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 2 juin 2014, 14:52
+ */
+
+#ifndef LBOUNDTEXTCTRL_H
+#define	LBOUNDTEXTCTRL_H
+
+#include <wx/textctrl.h>
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+
+class LBoundTextCtrl : public wxTextCtrl, public LBoundControl
+{
+public:
+    LBoundTextCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, long style = 0);
+    virtual ~LBoundTextCtrl();
+    /**
+     * Sets the resultset member and registers the control in the resultset.
+     * @param newResultSet
+     */
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return If the control is empty, returns literal NULL. Else, returns GetValue().
+     */
+    const wxAny GetData();
+    /**
+     * Calls ChangeValue().
+     * @param newData
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetData(const wxAny& newData);
+    /**
+     * Alias for IsEmpty().
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool IsNull()
+    {
+        return IsEmpty();
+    }
+    /**
+     * Alias for Clear().
+     * @return 
+     */
+    bool SetNull()
+    {
+        Clear();
+    }
+    bool IsDirty();
+    /**
+     * Alias for GetValue().
+     * @return 
+     */
+    const wxString GetDisplayedData()
+    {
+        return GetValue();
+    }
+
+private:
+};
+
+#endif	/* LBOUNDTEXTCTRL_H */
+

L7/LConnection.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LConnection.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 25 mai 2014, 10:49
+ */
+
+#include "LConnection.h"
+
+LConnection::LConnection()
+{
+    m_connInfo = wxEmptyString;
+    m_UserName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_DBName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_ServerName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_Port = wxEmptyString;
+    m_readOnly = false;
+}
+
+LConnection::LConnection(const wxString& newInfo)
+{
+    m_connInfo = newInfo;
+    m_UserName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_DBName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_ServerName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_Port = wxEmptyString;
+    m_readOnly = false;
+}
+
+LConnection::~LConnection()
+{
+}
+
+void LConnection::RegisterEventHandler(LConnectionEvent * evh)
+{
+    if (evh == NULL || m_evtHandlers.Index(evh) != wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_evtHandlers.Add(evh);
+}
+
+void LConnection::UnRegisterEventHandler(LConnectionEvent * evh)
+{
+    if (evh == NULL || m_evtHandlers.Index(evh) == wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_evtHandlers.Remove(evh);
+}
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+LConnectionEvent::LConnectionEvent()
+{
+}
+
+LConnectionEvent::~LConnectionEvent()
+{
+}
+void LConnectionEvent::BeforeExecute(const LConnection* caller)
+{
+}
+void LConnectionEvent::AfterExecute(const LConnection* caller)
+{
+}
+void LConnectionEvent::Inform(const LConnection* caller, const LInformation& msg) const
+{
+}

L7/LConnection.h

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LConnection.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 25 mai 2014, 10:48
+ */
+
+#ifndef LCONNECTION_H
+#define	LCONNECTION_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include "LInformation.h"
+
+class LConnection;
+class LConnectionEvent;
+
+/**
+ * Abstract class for implementing a database connection.
+ */
+class LConnection : public wxTrackable
+{
+public:
+    LConnection();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newInfo database connection information.
+     */
+    LConnection(const wxString& newInfo);
+    virtual ~LConnection();
+    virtual const char* GetLastLibMessage() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return the connection information.
+     */
+    const wxString& GetInfo() const
+    {
+        return m_connInfo;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newInfo the connection information.
+     */
+    void SetInfo(const wxString& newInfo)
+    {
+        m_connInfo = newInfo;
+    }
+    virtual bool Connect() = 0;
+    virtual void * Get() const = 0;
+    virtual bool IsValid() const = 0;
+    virtual void Close() = 0;
+    virtual void * ExecuteSQL(const wxString& newSql) = 0;
+    virtual bool ExecuteUpdateSQL(const wxString& newSql) = 0;
+    virtual const wxAny GetReturnedValue(const unsigned int col) const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * After a change, the connection must be closed and re-established.
+     * @param newReadOnly
+     */
+    void SetReadOnly(bool newReadOnly)
+    {
+        m_readOnly = newReadOnly;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return
+     */
+    bool IsReadOnly() const
+    {
+        return m_readOnly;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @return the backend user name.
+     */
+    const wxString& GetUserName() const
+    {
+        return m_UserName;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @return the database name.
+     */
+    const wxString& GetDBName() const
+    {
+        return m_DBName;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @return the server address, as specified in the connection string.
+     */
+    const wxString& GetServerName() const
+    {
+        return m_ServerName;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @return the server port.
+     */
+    const wxString& GetServerPort() const
+    {
+        return m_Port;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @return a result set of the returned keys after an insert.
+     */
+    virtual void * GetReturnedKeys() const
+    {
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only. Frees memory.
+     */
+    virtual void ClearReturnedKeys()
+    {
+    };
+    /**
+     * Application can register derived classes of LConnectionEvent.
+     * @param evh : an LConnectionEvent derived class.
+     */
+    void RegisterEventHandler(LConnectionEvent * evh);
+    /**
+     * Application can unregister derived classes of LConnectionEvent.
+     * @param evh : an LConnectionEvent derived class.
+     */
+    void UnRegisterEventHandler(LConnectionEvent * evh);
+    /**
+     * Returns registered derived classes of LConnectionEvent. 
+     * @return A reference to a wxArrayPtrVoid object.
+     */
+    wxArrayPtrVoid& GetEventHandlers()
+    {
+        return m_evtHandlers;
+    }
+protected:
+    wxString m_connInfo;
+    wxString m_UserName;
+    wxString m_DBName;
+    wxString m_ServerName;
+    wxString m_Port;
+    wxArrayPtrVoid m_evtHandlers;
+    bool m_readOnly;
+private:
+
+};
+
+/**
+ This class can be derived by an application to implement its methods.
+ * The application should register its derived classes with an LConnection object.
+ */
+class LConnectionEvent
+{
+public:
+    LConnectionEvent();
+    virtual ~LConnectionEvent();
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @param caller the LConnection object having registered the derived class.
+     */
+    virtual void BeforeExecute(const LConnection * caller);
+    /**
+     * Concerns the PostgreSQL backend only.
+     * @param caller the LConnection object having registered the derived class.
+     */
+    virtual void AfterExecute(const LConnection * caller);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param caller the LConnection object having registered the derived class.
+     * @param msg messages from the LConnection object.
+     */
+    virtual void Inform(const LConnection * caller,
+                        const LInformation& msg) const;
+
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LCONNECTION_H */
+

L7/LGridCheckEditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridCheckEditor.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 20:04
+ */
+
+#include "LGridCheckEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+
+LGridCheckEditor::LGridCheckEditor(const wxString& newColName, bool isDualstate, const wxString& newNullLabel)
+{
+    m_triState = !isDualstate;
+    m_style = wxCHK_3STATE|wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER;
+    if (!m_triState) m_style = wxCHK_2STATE;
+    m_colName = newColName;
+    if (newNullLabel.IsEmpty()) {
+        m_nullLabel = _T("?");
+    } else {
+        m_nullLabel = newNullLabel;
+    }
+    m_type = LGridColEditor::CHECK;
+    m_formEditor = NULL;
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundCheckBox = NULL;
+}
+
+LGridCheckEditor::~LGridCheckEditor()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+}
+
+void LGridCheckEditor::Create (wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler) {
+    m_control = new LBoundCheckBox(parent, id, m_style);
+    m_BoundCheckBox = static_cast<LBoundCheckBox*> (m_control);
+    m_BoundCheckBox->SetColumnName(m_colName);
+    m_BoundCheckBox->SetLabel(wxEmptyString);
+    m_BoundControl = m_BoundCheckBox;
+    m_control->Show(false);
+}
+
+void LGridCheckEditor::BeginEdit (int row, int col, wxGrid *grid) {
+    if (m_control == NULL) {
+        Create(grid->GetGridWindow(), wxID_ANY, NULL);
+    }
+    m_BoundCheckBox->SetResultSet(((LBoundGrid *) grid)->GetResultSet());
+    const wxAny val = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
+    if (m_triState && val.As<wxString>() == m_nullLabel) {
+        m_BoundCheckBox->SetNull();
+    } else {
+        m_BoundCheckBox->SetData(val);
+    }
+    m_control->Show(true);
+}
+wxGridCellEditor* LGridCheckEditor::Clone () const {
+    return new LGridCheckEditor(m_colName, !m_triState, m_nullLabel);
+}
+bool LGridCheckEditor::EndEdit (int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval) {
+    // What do we do here ?
+    return true;
+}
+void LGridCheckEditor::ApplyEdit (int row, int col, wxGrid *grid) {
+    const wxAny val = m_BoundCheckBox->GetData();
+    if (m_triState && val.As<wxString>() == L_SQLNULL) {
+        grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_nullLabel);
+    } else {
+        grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, val.As<wxString>());
+    }
+}
+void LGridCheckEditor::Reset () {
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundCheckBox = NULL;
+}
+
+wxString LGridCheckEditor::GetValue() const {
+    return m_control == NULL ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : m_BoundControl->GetData().As<wxString>();
+}
+wxControl* LGridCheckEditor::ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent) {
+    if (!m_formEditor) m_formEditor = new wxCheckBox(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, m_style);
+    if (m_triState) {
+        m_formEditor->Set3StateValue(m_BoundCheckBox->Get3StateValue());
+    } else {
+        m_formEditor->SetValue(m_BoundCheckBox->GetValue());
+    }
+    m_formEditor->SetName(m_BoundCheckBox->GetName());
+    if (m_BoundCheckBox->GetValidator()) m_formEditor->SetValidator(*(m_BoundCheckBox->GetValidator()));
+    return m_formEditor;
+}
+void LGridCheckEditor::SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid) {
+    if (!m_formEditor) return;
+    if (m_triState) {
+        m_BoundCheckBox->Set3StateValue(m_formEditor->Get3StateValue());
+    } else {
+        m_BoundCheckBox->SetValue(m_formEditor->GetValue());
+    }
+    ApplyEdit(row, col, grid);
+    wxDELETE(m_formEditor);
+}

L7/LGridCheckEditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridCheckEditor.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 20:04
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDCHECKEDITOR_H
+#define	LGRIDCHECKEDITOR_H
+
+#include "LBoundCheckBox.h"
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+
+/**
+ * Edits table data using an LBoundCheckBox.
+ */
+class LGridCheckEditor : public wxGridCellEditor, public LGridColEditor
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * N.B. newNullLabel must be the same in LGridCheckEditor and LGridCheckRenderer
+     * @param newColName database column name
+     * @param isDualState use a dual or triple state checkbox.
+     * @param newNullLabel cell value to interprete as undetermined for a tristate checkbox..
+     */
+    LGridCheckEditor(const wxString& newColName,
+                     bool isDualState = false,
+                     const wxString& newNullLabel = _T("?"));
+    /**
+     * The editor gets deleted.
+     */
+    virtual ~LGridCheckEditor();
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control as LBoundCheckBox.
+     * @param parent
+     * @param id
+     * @param evtHandler
+     */
+    void Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler);
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control if necessary. Registers the editor in the grid's resultset.
+     * 
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const;
+    bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval);
+    /**
+     * Applies the editor value as returned by GetData() to the grid cell.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    /**
+     * Deletes the editor, all pointers to the editor are set to NULL.
+     */
+    void Reset();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return GetData(), or wxEmptyString if the editor control has not been created.
+     */
+    wxString GetValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Creates a wxCheckBox to be used as editor in form view.
+     */
+    wxControl* ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent);
+
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor() const
+    {
+        return m_formEditor;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Updates the grid cell and the editor. m_formEditor is deleted and set to NULL.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid);
+
+private:
+    bool m_triState;
+    unsigned long m_style;
+    wxCheckBox * m_formEditor;
+    wxString m_nullLabel;
+    /**
+     * Fully typed alias to m_control.
+     */
+    LBoundCheckBox * m_BoundCheckBox;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDCHECKEDITOR_H */
+

L7/LGridCheckRenderer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridCheckRenderer.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 21:33
+ */
+
+#include "LGridCheckRenderer.h"
+
+LGridCheckRenderer::LGridCheckRenderer(bool isDualState, const wxString& newNullLabel)
+: wxGridCellStringRenderer()
+{
+    m_triState = !isDualState;
+    if (newNullLabel.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        m_nullLabel = _T("?");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_nullLabel = newNullLabel;
+    }
+}
+
+LGridCheckRenderer::~LGridCheckRenderer()
+{
+}
+
+void LGridCheckRenderer::Draw(wxGrid & grid,
+                              wxGridCellAttr & attr,
+                              wxDC & dc,
+                              const wxRect & rect,
+                              int row,
+                              int col,
+                              bool isSelected)
+{
+    /* The interpretation of literal non/oui is not documented 
+     * as it's for internal use.
+     */
+    wxString val = grid.GetCellValue(row, col);
+    if (m_triState)
+    {
+        if (val.IsEmpty()
+            || val == m_nullLabel)
+        {
+            grid.GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_nullLabel);
+            wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
+            return;
+        }
+        if (val == _T("0")
+            || val.Lower() == _("no"))
+        {
+            grid.GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, _T("No"));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            grid.GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, _T("Yes"));
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (val == _T("0")
+            || val.IsEmpty()
+            || val.Lower() == _("no"))
+        {
+            grid.GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, _T("No"));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            grid.GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, _T("Yes"));
+        }
+    }
+    wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
+}
+
+wxGridCellRenderer* LGridCheckRenderer::Clone() const
+{
+    return new LGridCheckRenderer(!m_triState, m_nullLabel);
+}
+

L7/LGridCheckRenderer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridCheckRenderer.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 21:32
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDCHECKRENDERER_H
+#define	LGRIDCHECKRENDERER_H
+
+#include "wx/grid.h"
+
+class LGridCheckRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * N.B. newNullLabel must be the same in LGridCheckEditor and LGridCheckRenderer
+     * @param isDualState : is the cell edited with a dual or tristate checkbox ?
+     * @param newNullLabel : what to show if tristate with undetermined state.
+     */
+    LGridCheckRenderer(bool isDualState = false, const wxString& newNullLabel = _T("?"));
+    virtual ~LGridCheckRenderer();
+    /**
+     * What is rendered per cell value.
+     * 
+     * If tristate : empty cell maps to nullLabel,
+     * 0 maps to literal Non,
+     * anything else is shown as literal Oui.
+     * 
+     * If dualstate : empty cell or 0 map to literal Non,
+     * Anything else is shown as literal Oui.
+     * @param grid
+     * @param attr
+     * @param dc
+     * @param rect
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param isSelected
+     */
+    void Draw(wxGrid & grid,
+              wxGridCellAttr & attr,
+              wxDC & dc,
+              const wxRect & rect,
+              int row,
+              int col,
+              bool isSelected);
+    wxGridCellRenderer* Clone() const;
+private:
+    wxString m_nullLabel;
+    bool m_triState;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDCHECKRENDERER_H */
+

L7/LGridColEditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridColEditor.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 15:46
+ */
+
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+
+LGridColEditor::LGridColEditor()
+{
+}
+
+LGridColEditor::~LGridColEditor()
+{
+}
+

L7/LGridColEditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridColEditor.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 15:45
+ */
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include <wx/grid.h>
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+
+#ifndef LGRIDCOLEDITOR_H
+#define	LGRIDCOLEDITOR_H
+/**
+ * Abstract class defining methods data bound grid cell editors must implement.
+ */
+class LGridColEditor
+{
+public:
+    LGridColEditor();
+    virtual ~LGridColEditor();
+
+    enum COL_TYPE
+    {
+        TEXT, COMBO, DATE, CHECK, SPIN
+    };
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return the database table column name.
+     */
+    const wxString& GetColumnName() const
+    {
+        return m_colName;
+    }
+    
+    int GetType() const
+    {
+        return m_type;
+    }
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param parent : the parent of the returned wxControl.
+     * @return 
+     */
+    virtual wxControl* ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent) = 0;
+    /**
+     * Applies values of controls in form view of the row to their respective cells.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    virtual void SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid) = 0;
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return the wxControl on the form. May be NULL if grid row is not in form view.
+     */
+    virtual wxControl* GetFormEditor() const = 0;
+
+    LBoundControl * GetBoundControl() const
+    {
+        return m_BoundControl;
+    }
+
+protected:
+    int m_type;
+    wxString m_colName;
+    /**
+     * m_control of the wxGridCellEditor, typed as generic LBoundControl.
+     */
+    LBoundControl * m_BoundControl;
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDCOLEDITOR_H */
+

L7/LGridComboEditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridComboEditor.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 12 juin 2014, 18:34
+ */
+
+#include "LGridComboEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+
+LGridComboEditor::LGridComboEditor(const wxString& newColName)
+{
+    m_colName = newColName;
+    m_type = LGridColEditor::COMBO;
+    m_formEditor = NULL;
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundComboBox = NULL;
+}
+
+LGridComboEditor::~LGridComboEditor()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+}
+
+void LGridComboEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
+{
+    m_control = new LBoundComboBox(parent, id);
+    m_BoundComboBox = static_cast<LBoundComboBox*> (m_control);
+    m_BoundComboBox->SetColumnName(m_colName);
+    m_BoundControl = m_BoundComboBox;
+    m_control->Show(false);
+}
+
+void LGridComboEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    if (m_control == NULL)
+    {
+        Create(grid->GetGridWindow(), wxID_ANY, NULL);
+    }
+    m_BoundComboBox->SetResultSet(((LBoundGrid *) grid)->GetResultSet());
+    const wxString cellVal = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
+    if (cellVal.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        m_BoundComboBox->SetNull();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_BoundComboBox->SetStringSelection(cellVal);
+    }
+    m_BoundComboBox->Show(true);
+}
+
+wxGridCellEditor* LGridComboEditor::Clone() const
+{
+    return new LGridComboEditor(m_colName);
+}
+
+bool LGridComboEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, const wxString& oldval, wxString* newval)
+{
+    // What do we do here ?
+    return true;
+}
+
+void LGridComboEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_BoundComboBox->GetStringSelection());
+}
+
+void LGridComboEditor::Reset()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundComboBox = NULL;
+}
+
+wxString LGridComboEditor::GetValue() const
+{
+    return m_control == NULL ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : m_BoundControl->GetData().As<wxString>();
+}
+
+wxControl* LGridComboEditor::ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow* parent)
+{
+    if (!m_formEditor)
+    {
+        m_formEditor = new wxComboBox(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxArrayString(), m_BoundComboBox->GetWindowStyleFlag());
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundComboBox->GetCount(); i++)
+        {
+            m_formEditor->Append(m_BoundComboBox->GetString(i));
+        }
+        m_formEditor->Select(m_BoundComboBox->GetSelection());
+        m_formEditor->SetName(m_BoundComboBox->GetName());
+        if (m_BoundComboBox->GetValidator()) m_formEditor->SetValidator(*(m_BoundComboBox->GetValidator()));
+    }
+    return m_formEditor;
+}
+
+void LGridComboEditor::SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    if (!m_formEditor) return;
+    m_BoundComboBox->Select(m_formEditor->GetSelection());
+    ApplyEdit(row, col, grid);
+    grid->ForceRefresh();
+    grid->GetGridWindow()->SetFocus();
+    delete m_formEditor;
+    m_formEditor = NULL;
+}

L7/LGridComboEditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridComboEditor.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 12 juin 2014, 18:33
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDCOMBOEDITOR_H
+#define	LGRIDCOMBOEDITOR_H
+
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundComboBox.h"
+
+/**
+ * Edits table data using an LBoundComboBox.
+ */
+class LGridComboEditor : public wxGridCellEditor, public LGridColEditor
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newColName database column name
+     */
+    LGridComboEditor(const wxString& newColName);
+    /**
+     * The editor gets deleted.
+     */
+    virtual ~LGridComboEditor();
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control as LBoundComboBox.
+     * @param parent
+     * @param id
+     * @param evtHandler
+     */
+    void Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler);
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control if necessary. Registers the editor in the grid's resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const;
+    bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval);
+    /**
+     * Applies the editor value as returned by GetStringSelection() to the grid cell.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    /**
+     * Deletes the editor, all pointers to the editor are set to NULL.
+     */
+    void Reset();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return GetData(), or wxEmptyString if the editor control has not been created.
+     */
+    wxString GetValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Creates a wxComboBox to be used as editor in form view.
+     */
+    wxControl* ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent);
+
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor() const
+    {
+        return m_formEditor;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Updates the grid cell and the editor. m_formEditor is deleted and set to NULL.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid);
+
+private:
+    wxComboBox * m_formEditor;
+    /**
+     * Fully typed alias to m_control.
+     */
+    LBoundComboBox * m_BoundComboBox;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDCOMBOEDITOR_H */
+

L7/LGridComboRenderer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridComboRenderer.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 13 juin 2014, 18:03
+ */
+
+#include "LGridComboRenderer.h"
+
+LGridComboRenderer::LGridComboRenderer()
+: wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer()
+{
+}
+
+LGridComboRenderer::~LGridComboRenderer()
+{
+}
+

L7/LGridComboRenderer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridComboRenderer.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 13 juin 2014, 18:03
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDCOMBORENDERER_H
+#define	LGRIDCOMBORENDERER_H
+
+#include "wx/grid.h"
+
+class LGridComboRenderer : public wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer
+{
+public:
+    LGridComboRenderer();
+    virtual ~LGridComboRenderer();
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDCOMBORENDERER_H */
+

L7/LGridDateEditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridDateEditor.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 12 juin 2014, 17:27
+ */
+
+#include "LGridDateEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+
+LGridDateEditor::LGridDateEditor(const wxString& newColName)
+{
+    m_colName = newColName;
+    m_type = LGridColEditor::DATE;
+    m_formEditor = NULL;
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundDatePicker = NULL;
+}
+
+LGridDateEditor::~LGridDateEditor()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+}
+
+void LGridDateEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
+{
+    m_control = new LBoundDatePickerCtrl(parent, id);
+    m_BoundDatePicker = static_cast<LBoundDatePickerCtrl*> (m_control);
+    m_BoundDatePicker->SetColumnName(m_colName);
+    m_BoundControl = m_BoundDatePicker;
+    m_control->Show(false);
+}
+
+void LGridDateEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    if (m_control == NULL) {
+        Create(grid->GetGridWindow(), wxID_ANY, NULL);
+    }
+    m_BoundDatePicker->SetResultSet(((LBoundGrid *) grid)->GetResultSet());
+    const wxAny str_date = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
+    m_BoundDatePicker->SetData(str_date);
+    m_BoundDatePicker->Show(true);
+}
+
+wxGridCellEditor* LGridDateEditor::Clone() const
+{
+    return new LGridDateEditor(m_colName);
+}
+
+bool LGridDateEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, const wxString& oldval, wxString* newval)
+{
+    // What do we do here ?
+    return true;
+}
+
+void LGridDateEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    const wxString sText = m_BoundDatePicker->IsNull()
+            ? _T("")
+            : m_BoundDatePicker->GetData().As<wxString>();
+    grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, sText);
+}
+
+void LGridDateEditor::Reset()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundDatePicker = NULL;
+}
+
+wxString LGridDateEditor::GetValue() const
+{
+    return m_control == NULL ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : m_BoundControl->GetData().As<wxString>();
+}
+
+wxControl* LGridDateEditor::ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow* parent)
+{
+    if (!m_formEditor) m_formEditor = new wxDatePickerCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxInvalidDateTime, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, m_BoundDatePicker->GetWindowStyleFlag());
+    m_formEditor->SetValue(m_BoundDatePicker->GetValue());
+    //formEditor->SetValue(formEditor->GetValue()); // BUG SINCE 2.9.x Still ?
+    m_formEditor->SetName(m_BoundDatePicker->GetName());
+    if (m_BoundDatePicker->GetValidator()) m_formEditor->SetValidator(*(m_BoundDatePicker->GetValidator()));
+    return m_formEditor;
+}
+
+void LGridDateEditor::SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    if (!m_formEditor) return;
+    m_BoundDatePicker->SetValue(m_formEditor->GetValue());
+    //m_BoundDatePicker->SetValue(m_BoundControl->GetValue()); // BUG SINCE 2.9.x . Still ?
+    ApplyEdit(row, col, grid);
+    wxDELETE(m_formEditor);
+}
+

L7/LGridDateEditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridDateEditor.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 12 juin 2014, 17:27
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDDATEEDITOR_H
+#define	LGRIDDATEEDITOR_H
+
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h"
+/**
+ * Edits table data using an LBoundDatePickerCtrl.
+ */
+class LGridDateEditor : public wxGridCellEditor, public LGridColEditor {
+public:
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newColName database column name
+     */
+    LGridDateEditor(const wxString& newColName);
+    /**
+     * The editor gets deleted.
+     */
+    virtual ~LGridDateEditor();
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control as LBoundDatePickerCtrl.
+     * @param parent
+     * @param id
+     * @param evtHandler
+     */
+    void Create (wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler);
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control if necessary. Registers the editor in the grid's resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void BeginEdit (int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    wxGridCellEditor* Clone () const;
+    bool EndEdit (int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval);
+    /**
+     * Applies the editor value as returned by GetData() to the grid cell.
+     * If the editor contains wxInvalidDateTime, the grid cell is set to an empty string.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void ApplyEdit (int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    /**
+     * Deletes the editor, all pointers to the editor are set to NULL.
+     */
+    void Reset ();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return GetData(), or wxEmptyString if the editor control has not been created.
+     */
+    wxString GetValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Creates a wxDatePickerCtrl to be used as editor in form view.
+     */
+    wxControl* ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent);
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor() const {return m_formEditor;}
+    /**
+     * Updates the grid cell and the editor. m_formEditor is deleted and set to NULL.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid);
+    
+private:
+    wxDatePickerCtrl * m_formEditor;
+    /**
+     * Fully typed alias to m_control.
+     */
+    LBoundDatePickerCtrl * m_BoundDatePicker;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDDATEEDITOR_H */
+

L7/LGridDateRenderer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridDateRenderer.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 12 juin 2014, 18:02
+ */
+
+#include "LGridDateRenderer.h"
+
+LGridDateRenderer::LGridDateRenderer(const wxString& outFormat, const wxString& inFormat)
+: wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer(outFormat, inFormat)
+{
+}
+
+LGridDateRenderer::~LGridDateRenderer()
+{
+}
+

L7/LGridDateRenderer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridDateRenderer.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 12 juin 2014, 18:01
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDDATERENDERER_H
+#define	LGRIDDATERENDERER_H
+
+#include <wx/grid.h>
+
+class LGridDateRenderer : public wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer
+{
+public:
+    LGridDateRenderer(const wxString& outFormat = _T("%a %d %b %Y"), const wxString& inFormat = _T("%Y-%m-%d"));
+    virtual ~LGridDateRenderer();
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDDATERENDERER_H */
+

L7/LGridSpinEditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridSpinEditor.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 23 septembre 2014, 18:02
+ */
+
+#include "LGridSpinEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+
+LGridSpinEditor::LGridSpinEditor(const wxString& newColName,
+                                 int newMin,
+                                 int newMax,
+                                 int newInitial)
+{
+    m_min = newMin;
+    m_max = newMax;
+    m_initial = newInitial;
+    m_colName = newColName;
+    m_type = LGridColEditor::SPIN;
+    m_formEditor = NULL;
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl = NULL;
+}
+
+LGridSpinEditor::~LGridSpinEditor()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+}
+
+void LGridSpinEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
+{
+    m_control = new LBoundSpinCtrl(parent, id, wxDefaultPosition,
+                                   wxDefaultSize, wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
+                                   m_min, m_max, m_initial);
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl = (static_cast<LBoundSpinCtrl*> (m_control));
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl->SetColumnName(m_colName);
+    m_BoundControl = m_BoundSpinCtrl;
+    m_control->Show(false);
+}
+
+void LGridSpinEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    if (m_control == NULL)
+    {
+        Create(grid->GetGridWindow(), wxID_ANY, NULL);
+    }
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl->SetResultSet(((LBoundGrid *) grid)->GetResultSet());
+    const wxAny sText = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl->SetData(sText);
+    m_control->Show(true);
+}
+
+wxGridCellEditor* LGridSpinEditor::Clone() const
+{
+    return new LGridSpinEditor(m_colName, m_min, m_max, m_initial);
+}
+
+bool LGridSpinEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid, const wxString& oldval, wxString* newval)
+{
+    // What do we do here ?
+    return true;
+}
+
+void LGridSpinEditor::ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_BoundSpinCtrl->GetData().As<wxString>());
+}
+
+void LGridSpinEditor::Reset()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl = NULL;
+}
+
+wxString LGridSpinEditor::GetValue() const
+{
+    if (m_control == NULL) return wxAny(m_initial).As<wxString>();
+    return m_BoundSpinCtrl->GetData().As<wxString>();
+}
+
+wxControl* LGridSpinEditor::ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow* parent)
+{
+    if (!m_formEditor) m_formEditor = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT, m_min, m_max, m_initial);
+    m_formEditor->SetValue(GetValue());
+    m_formEditor->SetName(m_BoundSpinCtrl->GetName());
+    if (m_BoundSpinCtrl->GetValidator()) m_formEditor->SetValidator(*(m_BoundSpinCtrl->GetValidator()));
+    return m_formEditor;
+}
+
+void LGridSpinEditor::SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid* grid)
+{
+    if (!m_formEditor) return;
+    m_BoundSpinCtrl->SetValue(m_formEditor->GetValue());
+    ApplyEdit(row, col, grid);
+    wxDELETE(m_formEditor);
+}

L7/LGridSpinEditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridSpinEditor.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 23 septembre 2014, 18:01
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDSPINEDITOR_H
+#define	LGRIDSPINEDITOR_H
+
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundSpinCtrl.h"
+
+/**
+ * Edits table data using an LBoundSpinCtrl.
+ */
+class LGridSpinEditor : public wxGridCellEditor, public LGridColEditor
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newColName
+     * @param newMin
+     * @param newMax
+     * @param newInitial
+     */
+    LGridSpinEditor(const wxString& newColName,
+                    int newMin = 0,
+                    int newMax = 100,
+                    int newInitial = 0);
+    /**
+     * The editor gets deleted.
+     */
+    virtual ~LGridSpinEditor();
+
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control as LBoundSpinCtrl.
+     * @param parent
+     * @param id
+     * @param evtHandler
+     */
+    void Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler);
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control if necessary. Registers the editor in the grid's resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const;
+    bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval);
+    /**
+     * Applies the editor value to the grid cell.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    /**
+     * Deletes the editor, all pointers to the editor are set to NULL.
+     */
+    void Reset();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return GetData(), or the initial value if the editor control has not been created.
+     */
+    wxString GetValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Creates a wxSpinCtrl to be used as editor in form view.
+     */
+    wxControl* ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent);
+
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor() const
+    {
+        return m_formEditor;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Updates the grid cell and the editor. m_formEditor is deleted and set to NULL.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid);
+
+private:
+    wxSpinCtrl * m_formEditor;
+    /**
+     * Fully typed alias to m_control.
+     */
+    LBoundSpinCtrl * m_BoundSpinCtrl;
+    int m_min, m_max, m_initial;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDSPINEDITOR_H */
+

L7/LGridSpinRenderer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridSpinRenderer.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 25 septembre 2014, 21:20
+ */
+
+#include "LGridSpinRenderer.h"
+
+LGridSpinRenderer::LGridSpinRenderer()
+: wxGridCellNumberRenderer()
+{
+}
+
+LGridSpinRenderer::~LGridSpinRenderer()
+{
+}
+

L7/LGridSpinRenderer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridSpinRenderer.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 25 septembre 2014, 21:19
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDSPINRENDERER_H
+#define	LGRIDSPINRENDERER_H
+
+#include <wx/grid.h>
+
+class LGridSpinRenderer : public wxGridCellNumberRenderer {
+public:
+    LGridSpinRenderer();
+    virtual ~LGridSpinRenderer();
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDSPINRENDERER_H */
+

L7/LGridTextEditor.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridTextEditor.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 16:09
+ */
+
+#include "LGridTextEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundGrid.h"
+
+LGridTextEditor::LGridTextEditor(const wxString& newColName, bool newMultiline)
+    : wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor()
+{
+    m_multiline = newMultiline;
+    m_style = 0;
+    if (m_multiline) m_style = wxTE_MULTILINE;
+    m_colName = newColName;
+    m_type = LGridColEditor::TEXT;
+    m_formEditor = NULL;
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundTextCtrl = NULL;
+}
+
+LGridTextEditor::~LGridTextEditor()
+{
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+}
+
+void LGridTextEditor::Create (wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler) {
+    m_control = new LBoundTextCtrl( parent, id, m_style);
+    m_BoundTextCtrl = (static_cast<LBoundTextCtrl*> (m_control));
+    m_BoundTextCtrl->SetColumnName(m_colName);
+    m_BoundControl = m_BoundTextCtrl;
+    m_control->Show(false);
+}
+void LGridTextEditor::BeginEdit (int row, int col, wxGrid *grid) {
+    if (m_control == NULL) {
+        Create(grid->GetGridWindow(), wxID_ANY, NULL);
+    }
+    m_BoundTextCtrl->SetResultSet(((LBoundGrid *) grid)->GetResultSet());
+    const wxAny sText = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
+    m_BoundTextCtrl->SetData(sText);
+    m_control->Show(true);
+}
+wxGridCellEditor* LGridTextEditor::Clone () const {
+    return new LGridTextEditor(m_colName, m_multiline);
+}
+bool LGridTextEditor::EndEdit (int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval) {
+    // What do we do here ?
+    return true;
+}
+void LGridTextEditor::ApplyEdit (int row, int col, wxGrid *grid) {
+    grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, m_BoundTextCtrl->GetValue());
+}
+void LGridTextEditor::Reset () {
+    wxDELETE(m_control);
+    m_BoundControl = NULL;
+    m_BoundTextCtrl = NULL;
+}
+wxString LGridTextEditor::GetValue() const {
+    return m_control == NULL ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : m_BoundControl->GetData().As<wxString>();
+}
+wxControl* LGridTextEditor::ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent) {
+    if (!m_formEditor) m_formEditor = new wxTextCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, m_style);
+    m_formEditor->SetValue(GetValue());
+    m_formEditor->SetName(m_BoundTextCtrl->GetName());
+    if (m_BoundTextCtrl->GetValidator()) m_formEditor->SetValidator(*(m_BoundTextCtrl->GetValidator()));
+    return m_formEditor;
+}
+void LGridTextEditor::SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid) {
+    if (!m_formEditor) return;
+    m_BoundTextCtrl->SetValue(m_formEditor->GetValue());
+    ApplyEdit(row, col, grid);
+    wxDELETE(m_formEditor);
+}

L7/LGridTextEditor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridTextEditor.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 16:08
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDTEXTEDITOR_H
+#define	LGRIDTEXTEDITOR_H
+
+#include "LGridColEditor.h"
+#include "LBoundTextCtrl.h"
+
+/**
+ * Edits table data using an LBoundTextCtrl.
+ */
+class LGridTextEditor : public wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor, public LGridColEditor
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newColName database column name
+     * @param newMultiline if true, use wxTE_MULTILINE
+     */
+    LGridTextEditor(const wxString& newColName, bool newMultiline = false);
+    /**
+     * The editor gets deleted.
+     */
+    virtual ~LGridTextEditor();
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control as LBoundTextCtrl.
+     * @param parent
+     * @param id
+     * @param evtHandler
+     */
+    void Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler *evtHandler);
+    /**
+     * Creates m_control if necessary. Registers the editor in the grid's resultset.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const;
+    bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid, const wxString &oldval, wxString *newval);
+    /**
+     * Applies the editor value as returned by GetValue() to the grid cell.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid *grid);
+    /**
+     * Deletes the editor, all pointers to the editor are set to NULL.
+     */
+    void Reset();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return GetData(), or wxEmptyString if the editor control has not been created.
+     */
+    wxString GetValue() const;
+    /**
+     * Creates a wxTextCtrl to be used as editor in form view.
+     */
+    wxControl* ProvideFormEditor(wxWindow * parent);
+
+    wxControl* GetFormEditor() const
+    {
+        return m_formEditor;
+    }
+    /**
+     * Updates the grid cell and the editor. m_formEditor is deleted and set to NULL.
+     * @param row
+     * @param col
+     * @param grid
+     */
+    void SyncBack(const int row, const int col, wxGrid * grid);
+
+private:
+    bool m_multiline;
+    unsigned long m_style;
+    wxTextCtrl * m_formEditor;
+    /**
+     * Fully typed alias to m_control.
+     */
+    LBoundTextCtrl * m_BoundTextCtrl;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDTEXTEDITOR_H */
+

L7/LGridTextRenderer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridTextRenderer.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 19:00
+ */
+
+#include "LGridTextRenderer.h"
+
+LGridTextRenderer::LGridTextRenderer()
+: wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer()
+{
+}
+
+LGridTextRenderer::~LGridTextRenderer()
+{
+}
+

L7/LGridTextRenderer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LGridTextRenderer.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 9 juin 2014, 19:00
+ */
+
+#ifndef LGRIDTEXTRENDERER_H
+#define	LGRIDTEXTRENDERER_H
+
+#include "wx/grid.h"
+
+class LGridTextRenderer : public wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer
+{
+public:
+    LGridTextRenderer();
+    virtual ~LGridTextRenderer();
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LGRIDTEXTRENDERER_H */
+

L7/LInformation.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LInformation.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 24 mai 2014, 21:23
+ */
+
+#include "LInformation.h"
+
+LInformation::LInformation(const wxString& newCode, 
+                           const wxString& newMsg)
+{
+    m_code = newCode;
+    m_msg = newMsg;
+}
+
+LInformation::~LInformation()
+{
+}
+

L7/LInformation.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LInformation.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 24 mai 2014, 21:23
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINFORMATION_H
+#define	LINFORMATION_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+
+/**
+ * Holds messages from LConnection and LResultSet objects.
+ * @param newCode 
+ * @param newMsg
+ */
+class LInformation
+{
+public:
+    LInformation(const wxString& newCode,
+                 const wxString& newMsg);
+    virtual ~LInformation();
+
+    wxString GetCode() const
+    {
+        return m_code;
+    }
+
+    wxString GetMessage() const
+    {
+        return m_msg;
+    }
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return Both the code and the message concatenated.
+     */
+    wxString GetFullInformation() const
+    {
+        return m_code + _T(" : ") + m_msg;
+    };
+private:
+    wxString m_code;
+    wxString m_msg;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LINFORMATION_H */
+

L7/LItemData.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   ltItemData.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 24 mai 2014, 20:26
+ */
+
+#include "LItemData.h"
+
+LItemData::LItemData(const long newData)
+{
+    m_data = newData;
+}
+
+LItemData::LItemData(const wxString newData)
+{
+    m_data = newData;
+}
+
+LItemData::LItemData(const wxAny newData)
+{
+    m_data = newData;
+}
+
+LItemData::~LItemData()
+{
+}
+
+long LItemData::GetLong()
+{
+    long lVal;
+    m_data.GetAs(&lVal);
+    return lVal;
+}
+
+wxString LItemData::GetString()
+{
+    wxString sVal;
+    m_data.GetAs(&sVal);
+    return sVal;
+}

L7/LItemData.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   ltItemData.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 24 mai 2014, 20:26
+ */
+
+#ifndef LITEMDATA_H
+#define	LITEMDATA_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+
+/**
+ Holds translated values for LComboBox items as wxClientData.
+ * 
+ */
+class LItemData : public wxClientData
+{
+public:
+    LItemData(const long newData);
+    LItemData(const wxString newData);
+    LItemData(const wxAny newData);
+    virtual ~LItemData();
+
+    wxAny GetData()
+    {
+        return m_data;
+    }
+    long GetLong();
+    wxString GetString();
+
+    void SetValue(wxAny newData)
+    {
+        m_data = newData;
+    }
+private:
+    wxAny m_data;
+};
+
+#endif	/* LITEMDATA_H */
+

L7/LLightPQResultSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LLightPQResultSet.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 29 mai 2014, 13:29
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBPQ
+#include "LLightPQResultSet.h"
+using namespace PQ;
+
+LLightPQResultSet::LLightPQResultSet() : LLightResultSet()
+{
+}
+
+LLightPQResultSet::LLightPQResultSet(LConnection * newConnection) : LLightResultSet(newConnection)
+{
+}
+
+LLightPQResultSet::~LLightPQResultSet()
+{
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+        PQclear(prs);
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::SetSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    UpdateSQL(newSql);
+    if (RunSQL()) First();
+    return (m_rs != NULL);
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::RunSQL()
+{
+    if (m_curSql.IsEmpty()) return false;
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+        PQclear(prs);
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+    void * vrs = m_conn->ExecuteSQL(m_curSql);
+    m_rs = static_cast<PGresult*> (vrs);
+    if (m_rs != NULL)
+    {
+        m_cursor = (HasData()) ? 0 : -1;
+        if (!m_initialised) m_initialised = true;
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::HasData() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return (PQntuples(prs) > 0);
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex)
+{
+    if (!HasData())
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        return false;
+    }
+    wxASSERT_MSG(newRowIndex < GetRowCount(), _T("Paramètre newRowIndex invalide."));
+    m_cursor = newRowIndex;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::IsFirst() const
+{
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    return (m_cursor == 0);
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::IsLast() const
+{
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return (m_cursor == (PQntuples(prs) - 1));
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::First()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(0);
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::Next()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor + 1);
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::Previous()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor - 1);
+}
+
+bool LLightPQResultSet::Last()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return Absolute(PQntuples(prs) - 1);
+}
+
+const unsigned int LLightPQResultSet::GetRowCount() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return PQntuples(prs);
+}
+
+const unsigned int LLightPQResultSet::GetColumnCount() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return PQnfields(prs);
+}
+
+const wxString LLightPQResultSet::GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return wxString(PQfname(prs, colIndex));
+}
+
+const int LLightPQResultSet::GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return PQfnumber(prs, colName.c_str());
+}
+
+const wxAny LLightPQResultSet::GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const
+{
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    const char * data = PQgetvalue(prs, rowIdx, colIdx);
+    return wxString(data, wxConvUTF8);
+}
+
+const wxAny LLightPQResultSet::GetData(const wxString &columnName) const
+{
+    if (m_cursor < 0) return wxEmptyString;
+    const char* colName = columnName.c_str();
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    int colIdx = PQfnumber(prs, colName);
+    if (colIdx < 0 || colIdx >= PQnfields(prs)) return wxEmptyString;
+    return GetData(m_cursor, colIdx);
+}
+
+#endif

L7/LLightPQResultSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LLightPQResultSet.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 29 mai 2014, 13:28
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBPQ
+#ifndef LLIGHTPQRESULTSET_H
+#define	LLIGHTPQRESULTSET_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include <libpq-fe.h>
+#include "LLightResultSet.h"
+/**
+ * PostgreSQL namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBPQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the PostgreSQL backend.
+ */
+namespace PQ
+{
+    /**
+     * Scrollable minimal resultset for the PostgreSQL backend.
+     * 
+     * This class does not allow data modification and does not output any messages.
+     * The underlying SQL query may contain table and/or column aliases.
+     */
+    class LLightPQResultSet : public LLightResultSet
+    {
+    public:
+        LLightPQResultSet();
+        LLightPQResultSet(LConnection * newConnection);
+        virtual ~LLightPQResultSet();
+        /**
+         * Updates and runs the SQL string.
+         * @param newSql
+         * @return 
+         */
+        bool SetSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+        bool HasData() const;
+        bool Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex);
+        bool IsFirst() const;
+        bool IsLast() const;
+        bool First();
+        bool Next();
+        bool Previous();
+        bool Last();
+        const unsigned int GetRowCount() const;
+        const unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
+        const wxString GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const;
+        const int GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const;
+        const wxAny GetData(const int unsigned rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const;
+        /**
+         * At current row.
+         * @param colName
+         * @return database table value or wxEmptyString.
+         */
+        const wxAny GetData(const wxString& colName) const;
+
+
+    private:
+        bool RunSQL();
+    };
+
+}
+#endif	/* LLIGHTPQRESULTSET_H */
+#endif

L7/LLightResultSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LLightResultSet.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 28 mai 2014, 14:41
+ */
+
+#include "LLightResultSet.h"
+
+LLightResultSet::LLightResultSet()
+{
+    m_initialised = false;
+    m_curSql = wxEmptyString;
+    m_cursor = -1;
+    m_rs = NULL;
+    m_conn = NULL;
+}
+
+LLightResultSet::~LLightResultSet()
+{
+}
+
+LLightResultSet::LLightResultSet(LConnection* newConnection)
+{
+    m_initialised = false;
+    m_curSql = wxEmptyString;
+    m_cursor = -1;
+    m_rs = NULL;
+    m_conn = newConnection;
+}

L7/LLightResultSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LLightResultSet.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 28 mai 2014, 14:40
+ */
+
+#ifndef LLIGHTRESULTSET_H
+#define	LLIGHTRESULTSET_H
+
+/* Added to be able to use derived classes independantly
+ * If xConnection and xResultSet classes are included in some project,
+ * the compiler would complain ofan undeclared wxWeakRef.
+ */
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include <wx/weakref.h>
+#include "LConnection.h"
+
+/**
+ * An abstract class to scroll through data obtained after running an SQL query.
+ 
+ * Does not interact with GUI controls.
+ * 
+ * Does not output any messages.
+ * 
+ * Does not modify data.
+ */
+class LLightResultSet : public wxTrackable {
+public:
+    LLightResultSet();
+    LLightResultSet(LConnection * newConnection);
+    virtual ~LLightResultSet();
+
+    virtual bool SetSQL(const wxString& newSql) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Updates the SQL statement without running it.
+     * @param newSql
+     */
+    void UpdateSQL(const wxString& newSql) {
+        m_curSql = newSql;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetSQL() const {
+        return m_curSql;
+    }
+
+    void SetConnection(LConnection * newConnection) {
+        m_conn = newConnection;
+    }
+
+    const LConnection * GetConnection() const {
+        return m_conn;
+    }
+    virtual bool HasData() const = 0;
+    virtual bool Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex) = 0;
+    virtual bool IsFirst() const = 0;
+    virtual bool IsLast() const = 0;
+    virtual bool First() = 0;
+    virtual bool Next() = 0;
+    virtual bool Previous() = 0;
+    virtual bool Last() = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the cursor position from 0 to (GetRowCount() - 1).
+     * 
+     * Returns -1 if there's no data.
+     */
+    const int GetRow() const {
+        return m_cursor;
+    }
+    virtual const unsigned int GetRowCount() const = 0;
+    virtual const unsigned int GetColumnCount() const = 0;
+    virtual const wxString GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const = 0;
+    virtual const int GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const = 0;
+    virtual const wxAny GetData(const wxString& colName) const = 0;
+    virtual const wxAny GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const = 0;
+
+protected:
+    bool m_initialised;
+    wxString m_curSql;
+    void * m_rs;
+    wxWeakRef<LConnection> m_conn;
+    int m_cursor;
+    virtual bool RunSQL() = 0;
+private:
+
+};
+
+#endif	/* LLIGHTRESULTSET_H */
+

L7/LLightSQResultSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LLightSQResultSet.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 31 mai 2014, 18:34
+ */
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#include "LLightSQResultSet.h"
+#include "LSQConnection.h"
+using namespace SQ;
+
+LLightSQResultSet::LLightSQResultSet() : LLightResultSet()
+{
+}
+
+LLightSQResultSet::LLightSQResultSet(LConnection * newConnection) : LLightResultSet(newConnection)
+{
+}
+
+LLightSQResultSet::~LLightSQResultSet()
+{
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+        sqlite3_free_table(srs->m_data);
+        delete srs; m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::SetSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    UpdateSQL(newSql);
+    if (RunSQL()) First();
+    return (m_rs != NULL);
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::RunSQL()
+{
+    if (m_curSql.IsEmpty()) return false;
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+        sqlite3_free_table(srs->m_data);
+        wxDELETE(srs);;
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+    m_rs = m_conn->ExecuteSQL(m_curSql);
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    if (!RetrieveColNames(srs)) { // No columns returned if no data !
+        m_rs = NULL;
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        m_cursor = (HasData()) ? 0 : -1;
+        if (!m_initialised) m_initialised = true;
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::HasData() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return (srs->m_nbRows > 0);
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex)
+{
+    if (!HasData())
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        return false;
+    }
+    wxASSERT_MSG(newRowIndex < GetRowCount(), _T("Paramètre newRowIndex invalide."));
+    m_cursor = newRowIndex;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::IsFirst() const
+{
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    return (m_cursor == 0);
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::IsLast() const
+{
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return (m_cursor == (srs->m_nbRows - 1));
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::First()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(0);
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::Next()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor + 1);
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::Previous()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor - 1);
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::Last()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return Absolute(srs->m_nbRows - 1);
+}
+
+const unsigned int LLightSQResultSet::GetRowCount() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return srs->m_nbRows;
+}
+
+const unsigned int LLightSQResultSet::GetColumnCount() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return srs->m_nbCols;
+}
+
+const wxString LLightSQResultSet::GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    if (!HasData()) return m_colNames.Item(colIndex);
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return wxString(srs->m_data[colIndex]);
+}
+
+const int LLightSQResultSet::GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    if (!HasData()) return m_colNames.Index(colName, false);
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    for (unsigned int c = 0; c < srs->m_nbCols; c++)
+    {
+        const wxString sName(srs->m_data[c]);
+        if (sName.Lower() == colName.Lower()) return c;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+const wxAny LLightSQResultSet::GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const
+{
+    if (!HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    const char * data = srs->m_data[((rowIdx + 1) * (srs->m_nbCols)) + colIdx];
+    return wxString(data, wxConvUTF8);
+}
+
+const wxAny LLightSQResultSet::GetData(const wxString &columnName) const
+{
+    if (m_cursor < 0) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (!HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    for (int c = 0; c < srs->m_nbCols; c++)
+    {
+        const wxString sColName(srs->m_data[c]);
+        if (sColName.Lower() == columnName.Lower()) return GetData(m_cursor, c);
+    }
+    return wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+bool LLightSQResultSet::RetrieveColNames(SQresult * emptyResult)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    sqlite3 * db = static_cast<sqlite3*> (m_conn->Get());
+    if (db)
+    {
+        sqlite3_stmt * ppStmt;
+        int res = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, m_curSql, -1, &ppStmt, NULL);
+        if (res == SQLITE_OK)
+        {
+            m_colNames.Clear();
+            int colCount = sqlite3_column_count(ppStmt);
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < colCount; i++)
+            {
+                const char * constName = sqlite3_column_name(ppStmt, i);
+                m_colNames.Add(wxString(constName));
+            }
+            emptyResult->m_nbCols = m_colNames.GetCount();
+            sqlite3_finalize(ppStmt);
+            return true;
+        } else {
+            int errCode = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+            const char * errMsg = sqlite3_errmsg(db);
+            const char * errStr = sqlite3_errstr(errCode);
+            const wxString msg(wxAny(errCode).As<wxString>() + _T(" ") +
+                             wxString(errMsg) + _T("\n") + wxString(errStr));
+            wxPrintf("%s\n", msg);
+            wxFAIL_MSG(msg);
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+#endif

L7/LLightSQResultSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LLightSQResultSet.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 31 mai 2014, 18:34
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#ifndef LLIGHTSQRESULTSET_H
+#define	LLIGHTSQRESULTSET_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+#include "LLightResultSet.h"
+#include "LSQresult.h"
+/**
+ * SQLite namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBSQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the SQLite backend.
+ */
+namespace SQ
+{
+    /**
+     * Scrollable minimal resultset for the SQLite backend.
+     * 
+     * This object does not allow data modification and does not output any messages.
+     * The underlying SQL query may contain table and/or column aliases
+     */
+    class LLightSQResultSet : public LLightResultSet
+    {
+    public:
+        LLightSQResultSet();
+        LLightSQResultSet(LConnection * newConnection);
+        virtual ~LLightSQResultSet();
+        /**
+         * Updates and runs the SQL string.
+         * @param newSql
+         * @return 
+         */
+        bool SetSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+        bool HasData() const;
+        bool Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex);
+        bool IsFirst() const;
+        bool IsLast() const;
+        bool First();
+        bool Next();
+        bool Previous();
+        bool Last();
+        const unsigned int GetRowCount() const;
+        const unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
+        const wxString GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const;
+        const int GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const;
+        const wxAny GetData(const int unsigned rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const;
+        /**
+         * At current row.
+         * @param colName
+         * @return database table value or wxEmptyString.
+         */
+        const wxAny GetData(const wxString& colName) const;
+
+    private:
+        bool RunSQL();
+        wxArrayString m_colNames;
+        bool RetrieveColNames(SQresult * emptyResult);
+    };
+
+}
+#endif	/* LLIGHTSQRESULTSET_H */
+#endif

L7/LNavigator.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LNavigator.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 4 juin 2014, 14:57
+ */
+
+#include "LNavigator.h"
+
+LNavigator::LNavigator(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id)
+: wxPanel(parent, id, wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSUNKEN_BORDER | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+{
+    m_vsz = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
+    SetSizer(m_vsz);
+    m_hsz1 = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
+    m_vsz->Add(m_hsz1, 1, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_hsz1->Add(5, 5, 0, wxGROW | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, 8);
+    m_btnNew = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _("New"), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1, 15), wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz1->Add(m_btnNew, 1, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_btnSave = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _("Save"), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1, 15), wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz1->Add(m_btnSave, 1, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_btnCancel = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _("Cancel"), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1, 15), wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz1->Add(m_btnCancel, 1, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_btnRefresh = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _("Refresh"), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1, 15), wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz1->Add(m_btnRefresh, 1, wxGROW | wxTOP | wxBOTTOM, 0);
+    m_btnDelete = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _("Delete"), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1, 15), wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz1->Add(m_btnDelete, 1, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_hsz2 = new wxBoxSizer(wxHORIZONTAL);
+    m_vsz->Add(m_hsz2, 1, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_btnFirst = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _T("<<"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxBU_EXACTFIT | wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz2->Add(m_btnFirst, 0, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_btnPrevious = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _T("<"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxBU_EXACTFIT | wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz2->Add(m_btnPrevious, 0, wxGROW, 0);
+    m_lbl = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_STATIC, _("Rec : "), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz2->Add(m_lbl, 1, wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL, 0);
+    m_btnNext = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _T(">"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxBU_EXACTFIT | wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz2->Add(m_btnNext, 0, wxGROW, 0);
+    btnLast = new wxButton(this, wxID_ANY, _T(">>"), wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxBU_EXACTFIT | wxNO_BORDER);
+    m_hsz2->Add(btnLast, 0, wxGROW, 0);
+
+    m_btnNew->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnButtonNew, this);
+    m_btnSave->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnButtonSave, this);
+    m_btnCancel->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnButtonCancel, this);
+    m_btnRefresh->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnButtonRefresh, this);
+    m_btnDelete->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnButtonDelete, this);
+    m_btnFirst->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnBtnFirst, this);
+    m_btnPrevious->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnBtnPrevious, this);
+    m_btnNext->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnBtnNext, this);
+    btnLast->Bind(wxEVT_BUTTON, &LNavigator::OnBtnLast, this);
+
+    m_vsz->Fit(this);
+
+    m_rs = NULL;
+    m_evh = NULL;
+}
+
+LNavigator::~LNavigator()
+{
+    delete m_btnNew;
+    delete m_btnSave;
+    delete m_btnCancel;
+    delete m_btnRefresh;
+    delete m_btnDelete;
+    delete m_btnFirst;
+    delete m_btnPrevious;
+    delete m_lbl;
+    delete m_btnNext;
+    delete btnLast;
+    m_rs->UnRegisterEventHandler(m_evh);
+    delete m_evh;
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnBtnNext(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Next();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnBtnFirst(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->First();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnBtnLast(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Last();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnBtnPrevious(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Previous();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnButtonSave(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Save();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnButtonRefresh(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Refresh();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnButtonCancel(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Cancel();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnButtonNew(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->AddNew();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::OnButtonDelete(wxCommandEvent& evt)
+{
+    if (m_rs) m_rs->Delete();
+    evt.Skip(false);
+}
+
+void LNavigator::SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet)
+{
+    m_rs = newResultSet;
+    if (!m_rs) return;
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs->GetConnection() != NULL, _T("GetConnection() = NULL."));
+    m_evh = new NavigatorRsEVH(m_lbl);
+    m_rs->RegisterEventHandler(m_evh);
+    ShowActionBar(!(m_rs->IsReadOnly()));
+    if (m_vsz->IsShown(m_hsz1))
+    {
+        if (m_rs->GetConnection()) ShowActionBar(!(m_rs->GetConnection()->IsReadOnly()));
+    }
+}
+
+LResultSet* LNavigator::GetResultSet() const
+{
+    return m_rs;
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowActionBar(bool show) const
+{
+    m_vsz->Show(m_hsz1, show, true);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowNavigationBar(bool show) const
+{
+    m_vsz->Show(m_hsz2, show, true);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowButtonAddNew(bool show) const
+{
+    m_hsz1->Show(m_btnNew, show, false);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowButtonSave(bool show) const
+{
+    m_hsz1->Show(m_btnSave, show, false);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowButtonCancel(bool show) const
+{
+    m_hsz1->Show(m_btnCancel, show, false);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowButtonRefresh(bool show) const
+{
+    m_hsz1->Show(m_btnRefresh, show, false);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+void LNavigator::ShowButtonDelete(bool show) const
+{
+    m_hsz1->Show(m_btnDelete, show, false);
+    m_vsz->Layout();
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NavigatorRsEVH::NavigatorRsEVH(wxStaticText * newLbl)
+{
+    m_lbl = newLbl;
+}
+
+NavigatorRsEVH::~NavigatorRsEVH()
+{
+
+}
+
+void NavigatorRsEVH::Initialised(LResultSet* caller)
+{
+    UpdateLocation(caller);
+}
+
+void NavigatorRsEVH::AfterChangeRow(LResultSet* caller)
+{
+    UpdateLocation(caller);
+}
+
+void NavigatorRsEVH::AfterAction(LResultSet* caller, ACTIONS action)
+{
+    UpdateLocation(caller);
+}
+
+void NavigatorRsEVH::UpdateLocation(const LResultSet* caller)
+{
+    if (!caller) return;
+    if (caller->IsInserting())
+    {
+        m_lbl->SetLabel(_("Insert"));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const wxAny row = (caller->GetRow() + 1);
+        const wxAny count = caller->GetRowCount();
+        const wxString loc = _("Rec : ")
+                + row.As<wxString>()
+                + _T("/")
+                + count.As<wxString>();
+        m_lbl->SetLabel(loc);
+    }
+}

L7/LNavigator.h

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LNavigator.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 4 juin 2014, 14:56
+ */
+
+#ifndef LNAVIGATOR_H
+#define	LNAVIGATOR_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+
+class NavigatorRsEVH;
+
+/**
+ * This combined control displays an action bar and a navigation bar.
+ * These contains standard buttons to interact with a resultset.
+ * 
+ * The action bar can 
+ * move the resultset to the insert row,
+ * save any edits,
+ * cancel any edits,
+ * refresh the resultset,
+ * delete the current record.
+ * 
+ * The navigation bar is used to move the resultset's cursor
+ * and displays the current position.
+ */
+class LNavigator : public wxPanel
+{
+public:
+    LNavigator(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY);
+    virtual ~LNavigator();
+
+    void SetResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet);
+    LResultSet* GetResultSet() const;
+    void ShowActionBar(bool show) const;
+    void ShowNavigationBar(bool show) const;
+    void ShowButtonAddNew(bool show) const;
+    void ShowButtonSave(bool show) const;
+    void ShowButtonCancel(bool show) const;
+    void ShowButtonRefresh(bool show) const;
+    void ShowButtonDelete(bool show) const;
+
+private:
+    wxBoxSizer* m_vsz;
+    wxBoxSizer* m_hsz1;
+    wxButton* m_btnNew;
+    wxButton* m_btnSave;
+    wxButton* m_btnCancel;
+    wxButton* m_btnRefresh;
+    wxButton* m_btnDelete;
+    wxBoxSizer* m_hsz2;
+    wxButton* m_btnFirst;
+    wxButton* m_btnPrevious;
+    wxStaticText* m_lbl;
+    wxButton* m_btnNext;
+    wxButton* btnLast;
+    wxWeakRef<LResultSet> m_rs;
+    NavigatorRsEVH * m_evh;
+
+    void OnButtonNew(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnButtonSave(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnButtonCancel(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnButtonRefresh(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnButtonDelete(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnBtnFirst(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnBtnPrevious(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnBtnNext(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+    void OnBtnLast(wxCommandEvent& evt);
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/**
+ * A private resultset event handler for LNavigator. All functions are declared private.
+ * Don't use it.
+ */
+class NavigatorRsEVH : public LResultSetEvent
+{
+    friend class LNavigator;
+private:
+    NavigatorRsEVH(wxStaticText * newLbl);
+    virtual ~NavigatorRsEVH();
+    void Initialised(LResultSet* caller);
+    void AfterChangeRow(LResultSet* caller);
+    void AfterAction(LResultSet * caller, ACTIONS action);
+    wxStaticText * m_lbl;
+    void UpdateLocation(const LResultSet* caller);
+};
+
+#endif	/* LNAVIGATOR_H */
+

L7/LPQConnection.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LPQConnection.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 25 mai 2014, 11:44
+ */
+#ifdef USE_LIBPQ
+#include "LPQConnection.h"
+using namespace PQ;
+
+LPQConnection::LPQConnection() : LConnection()
+{
+    m_conn = NULL;
+    m_retKeys = NULL;
+}
+
+LPQConnection::LPQConnection(const wxString& newInfo) : LConnection(newInfo)
+{
+    m_conn = NULL;
+    m_retKeys = NULL;
+}
+
+LPQConnection::~LPQConnection()
+{
+    PQclear(m_retKeys);
+    Close();
+}
+
+const char* LPQConnection::GetLastLibMessage() const
+{
+    return PQerrorMessage(m_conn);
+}
+
+bool LPQConnection::Connect()
+{
+    wxCHECK_MSG(!m_connInfo.IsEmpty(), false, _("Connection string is undefined"));
+    if (m_conn != NULL)
+    {
+        if (PQstatus(m_conn) == CONNECTION_OK) return true;
+    }
+    const char* cinfo = m_connInfo.utf8_str();
+    m_conn = PQconnectdb(cinfo);
+    bool res = IsValid();
+    if (res)
+    {
+        ApplyReadWriteStatus();
+        m_UserName = wxString(PQuser(m_conn));
+        m_DBName = wxString(PQdb(m_conn));
+        m_ServerName = wxString(PQhost(m_conn));
+        m_Port = wxString(PQport(m_conn));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Close();
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+void* LPQConnection::Get() const
+{
+    return (void*) m_conn;
+}
+
+bool LPQConnection::IsValid() const
+{
+    if (PQstatus(m_conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
+    {
+        InformPQMessage(PQerrorMessage(m_conn));
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void LPQConnection::Close()
+{
+    if (m_conn != NULL)
+    {
+        PQfinish(m_conn);
+        m_conn = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+void* LPQConnection::ExecuteSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    InformBeforeExecute();
+    wxCHECK_MSG(IsValid() == true, NULL, _("Invalid connection"));
+    const char* cSQL = newSql.utf8_str();
+    PGresult * res = PQexec(m_conn, cSQL);
+    if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
+    {
+        PQclear(res);
+        InformPQMessage(PQerrorMessage(m_conn));
+        InformAfterExecute();
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    InformAfterExecute();
+    return (void*) res;
+}
+
+bool LPQConnection::ExecuteUpdateSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    InformBeforeExecute();
+    wxCHECK_MSG(IsValid() == true, false, _("Invalid connection"));
+    const char* cSQL = newSql.utf8_str();
+    m_retKeys = PQexec(m_conn, cSQL);
+    if ((PQresultStatus(m_retKeys) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK) && (PQresultStatus(m_retKeys) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK))
+    {
+        PQclear(m_retKeys);
+        m_retKeys = NULL;
+        InformPQMessage(PQerrorMessage(m_conn));
+        InformAfterExecute();
+        return false;
+    }
+    InformAfterExecute();
+    return true;
+}
+
+const wxAny LPQConnection::GetReturnedValue(const unsigned int col) const
+{
+    if (!m_retKeys)
+    {
+        const wxAny k;
+        return k;
+    }
+    const char * data = PQgetvalue(m_retKeys, 0, col);
+    const wxAny k(data);
+    return k;
+}
+
+void* LPQConnection::GetReturnedKeys() const
+{
+    return (void*) m_retKeys;
+}
+
+void LPQConnection::ClearReturnedKeys()
+{
+    if (m_retKeys != NULL)
+    {
+        PQclear(m_retKeys);
+        m_retKeys = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LPQConnection::ApplyReadWriteStatus()
+{
+    wxString sql = (m_readOnly)
+            ? _T("SET SESSION CHARACTERISTICS AS TRANSACTION READ ONLY")
+            : _T("SET SESSION CHARACTERISTICS AS TRANSACTION READ WRITE");
+    return ExecuteUpdateSQL(sql);
+
+}
+
+void LPQConnection::InformPQMessage(const char* PQmsg) const
+{
+    if (!PQmsg) return;
+    wxString msg(PQmsg);
+    if (msg.IsEmpty()) return;
+    const LInformation inf(CNPQMC, msg);
+    InformLibMessage(inf);
+}
+
+void LPQConnection::InformBeforeExecute()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LConnectionEvent * evh = static_cast<LConnectionEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->BeforeExecute(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LPQConnection::InformAfterExecute()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LConnectionEvent * evh = static_cast<LConnectionEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterExecute(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LPQConnection::InformLibMessage(const LInformation& msg) const
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LConnectionEvent * evh = static_cast<LConnectionEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->Inform(this, msg);
+    }
+}
+#endif

L7/LPQConnection.h

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LPQConnection.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 25 mai 2014, 11:43
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBPQ
+#ifndef LPQCONNECTION_H
+#define	LPQCONNECTION_H
+
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include <libpq-fe.h>
+#include "LConnection.h"
+/**
+ * PostgreSQL namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBPQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the PostgreSQL backend.
+ */
+namespace PQ
+{
+#define CNPQMC wxString(_T("CNPQM"))
+
+/**
+ Minimalist class managing a PostgreSQL connection.
+ */
+class LPQConnection : public LConnection
+{
+public:
+    LPQConnection();
+    /**
+     * Ex : host=localhost port=5432 dbname=postgres user=postgres password=secret
+     * @param newInfo connection information.
+     */
+    LPQConnection(const wxString& newInfo);
+    /**
+     * The connection is closed in the destructor. Clears any returned keys.
+     * But any fetched resultset persists. The caller is responsible to clear this.
+     */
+    virtual ~LPQConnection();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return the last backend error message, may be NULL.
+     */
+    const char* GetLastLibMessage() const;
+    /**
+     * Establishes a new connection calling PQconnectdb
+     * 
+     * Does nothing if a connection already exists.
+     * Updates the username, dbname, servername and port variables.
+     * @return true if a new connection is established, or if a connection already esists. False on error.
+     */
+    bool Connect();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return a pointer to the PGconn real database pointer.
+     */
+    void* Get() const;
+    /**
+     * Evaluates PQstatus(PGconn*).
+     * @return true if the database connection is valid, false otherwise.
+     */
+    bool IsValid() const;
+    /**
+     * Closes the connection.
+     * 
+     * The data referenced in a PGresult object is not cleared.
+     * It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object.
+     */
+    void Close();
+    /**
+     * Performs synchronous PQexec query and returns rows from a SELECT query.
+     * 
+     * @param newSql : a valid single SELECT SQL statement.
+     * @return an untyped pointer to a PGresult containing the data, or NULL on error.
+     */
+    void* ExecuteSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+    /**
+     * Intended for database actions that do not fetch table rows. Performs synchronous PQexec query.
+     * 
+     * @param newSql a valid single SQL statement.
+     * @return true on success, false otherwise.
+     */
+    bool ExecuteUpdateSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+    /**
+     * The value of an auto-generated primary key after executing an INSERT SQL statement.
+     * 
+     * The SQL statement should have a RETURNING clause that includes a serial column, whose
+     * index is specified by the col parameter. The column value of the first row is returned.
+     * @param col index of an auto-increment serial column in a RETURNING SQL clause.
+     * @return the value of the first row for that column.
+     */
+    const wxAny GetReturnedValue(const unsigned int col) const;
+    /**
+     * PGresult object containing a primary key value
+     * resulting from a successful execution of an INSERT SQL statement.
+     * @return an untyped pointer to the PGresult object containing the key.
+     */
+    void* GetReturnedKeys() const;
+    /**
+     * Clears the PGresult object to free memory.
+     */
+    void ClearReturnedKeys();
+
+private:
+    PGconn * m_conn;
+    PGresult * m_retKeys;
+    bool ApplyReadWriteStatus();
+    /**
+     * Forwards libpq messages to InformLibMessage
+     * @param
+     */
+    void InformPQMessage(const char * PQmsg) const;
+    /**
+     * Informs application an SQL statement is about to be processed regardless of connection status..
+     */
+    void InformBeforeExecute();
+    /**
+     * Informs application an SQL statement has been processed, regardless of errors.
+     */
+    void InformAfterExecute();
+    /**
+     * Informs application that registers LConnectionEvent handlers here.
+     * @param msg
+     */
+    void InformLibMessage(const LInformation& msg) const;
+
+};
+
+}
+#endif	/* LPQCONNECTION_H */
+#endif

L7/LPQResultSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LPQResultSet.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 29 mai 2014, 16:19
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBPQ
+
+#include "LPQResultSet.h"
+#include "LLightPQResultSet.h"
+using namespace PQ;
+
+LPQResultSet::LPQResultSet() : LResultSet()
+{
+
+}
+
+LPQResultSet::LPQResultSet(LConnection* newConnection) : LResultSet(newConnection)
+{
+}
+
+LPQResultSet::~LPQResultSet()
+{
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+        PQclear(prs);
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::SetSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    UpdateSQL(newSql);
+    if (RunSQL()) First();
+    return (m_rs != NULL);
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::RunSQL()
+{
+    if (m_curSql.IsEmpty())
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+        PQclear(prs);
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+    void * vrs = m_conn->ExecuteSQL(m_curSql);
+    m_rs = static_cast<PGresult*> (vrs);
+    if (m_rs != NULL)
+    {
+        m_cursor = (HasData()) ? 0 : -1;
+        Display();
+        m_inserting = false;
+        if (!m_initialised)
+        {
+            m_initialised = true;
+            InformInitialised();
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        Display();
+        m_inserting = false;
+        const LInformation inf(RS000C, RS000M);
+        InformLibMessage(inf);
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::HasData() const
+{
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return false;
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    if (PQntuples(prs) == 0) return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex)
+{
+    if (!m_readOnly)
+    {
+        if (m_inserting)
+        {
+            InformInserting();
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (IsDirty())
+        {
+            InformDirty();
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    if (!HasData())
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        Display();
+        return false;
+    }
+    wxASSERT_MSG(newRowIndex < GetRowCount(), _T("Paramètre newRowIndex invalide."));
+    InformBeforeChangeRow();
+    if (!m_canMove) return false;
+    m_cursor = newRowIndex;
+    Display();
+    m_inserting = false;
+    InformAfterChangeRow();
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::IsFirst() const
+{
+    if (m_inserting) return false;
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    return (m_cursor == 0);
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::IsLast() const
+{
+    if (m_inserting) return false;
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return (m_cursor == (PQntuples(prs) - 1));
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::First()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(0);
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::Last()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return Absolute(PQntuples(prs) - 1);
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::Next()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor + 1);
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::Previous()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor - 1);
+}
+
+const unsigned int LPQResultSet::GetRowCount() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return PQntuples(prs);
+}
+
+const unsigned int LPQResultSet::GetColumnCount() const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return PQnfields(prs);
+}
+
+const wxString LPQResultSet::GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    const char * name = PQfname(prs, colIndex);
+    if (name) return wxString(name);
+    return wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+const int LPQResultSet::GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_rs != NULL, _T("m_rs est NULL."));
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    return PQfnumber(prs, colName.c_str());
+}
+
+const wxAny LPQResultSet::GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const
+{
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    const char * data = PQgetvalue(prs, rowIdx, colIdx);
+    return wxString(data, wxConvUTF8);
+}
+
+const wxAny LPQResultSet::GetData(const wxString& columnName) const
+{
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    if (m_cursor < 0
+        || IsInserting()
+        || !HasData()
+        || m_cursor > PQntuples(prs) - 1)
+        return wxEmptyString;
+    const char* colName = columnName.c_str();
+    int colIdx = PQfnumber(prs, colName);
+    if (colIdx < 0 || colIdx >= PQnfields(prs))
+    {
+        const wxString msg = RS004M + columnName;
+        const LInformation inf(RS004C, msg);
+        InformLibMessage(inf);
+        return wxEmptyString;
+    }
+    return GetData(m_cursor, colIdx);
+}
+
+void LPQResultSet::Display()
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundControls.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * control = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(i));
+        if (!control) continue;
+        wxAny aData = GetData(control->GetColumnName());
+        control->SetData(aData);
+    }
+}
+
+bool LPQResultSet::Save()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_readOnly || m_conn->IsReadOnly()) return false;
+    if (!m_inserting && !HasData()) return false;
+    InformBeforeSave();
+    if (!m_canSave) return false;
+    LBoundControl* pkControl = GetControl(m_pkColName);
+    if (!pkControl) return false;
+    if (pkControl->IsNull())
+    {
+        InformBeforeInsert();
+        if (!m_canInsert) return false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        InformBeforeUpdate();
+        if (!m_canUpdate) return false;
+    }
+    const wxString sql = MakeUpdateSQL();
+    if (sql.IsEmpty()) return false;
+    bool updating = (sql.Mid(0, 7) == _T("UPDATE "));
+    wxAny pkValue;
+    bool res;
+    if (updating) pkValue = GetData(m_pkColName);
+    if (m_conn->ExecuteUpdateSQL(sql))
+    {
+        const int oldCursor = m_cursor;
+        if (updating)
+        {
+            InformAfterUpdate(pkValue, sql);
+            res = RunSQL();
+            if (res)
+            {
+                m_cursor = GetRowByPKValue(pkValue);
+                Display();
+                if (oldCursor != m_cursor) InformAfterChangeRow();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            void * vretKeys = m_conn->GetReturnedKeys();
+            PGresult * retKeys = static_cast<PGresult*> (vretKeys);
+            if (retKeys != NULL)
+            {
+                const char * data = PQgetvalue(retKeys, 0, 0); // RETURNING pkColName from MakeUpdateSQL
+                wxAny newPK = wxString(data);
+                InformAfterInsert(newPK, sql); // Before RunSQL so as UpdateSQL can be called by client app
+                res = RunSQL();
+                if (res)
+                {
+                    m_cursor = GetRowByPKValue(newPK);
+                    Display();
+                    m_inserting = false;
+                    if (oldCursor != m_cursor) InformAfterChangeRow();
+                }
+                //m_conn->ClearReturnedKeys(); // Not here
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const LInformation inf(RS002C, RS002M);
+                InformLibMessage(inf);
+            }
+        }
+        InformAfterSave();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const LInformation inf(RSPQMC, wxString(m_conn->GetLastLibMessage()));
+        InformLibMessage(inf);
+    }
+    m_conn->ClearReturnedKeys(); // Always clear, even if update.
+    if (res) InformAfterAction(LResultSetEvent::ACTION_SAVE);
+    return res;
+}
+
+const wxString LPQResultSet::MakeUpdateSQL() const
+{
+    if (m_readOnly || !m_canSave || !m_canInsert || !m_canUpdate) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (!m_inserting && !HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    LBoundControl* pkControl = GetControl(m_pkColName);
+    if (pkControl == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    wxString sql = _T("UPDATE");
+    bool updating = true;
+    if (pkControl->IsNull())
+    {
+        sql = _T("INSERT INTO");
+        updating = false;
+    }
+    wxString columns = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString values = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundControls.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * control = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(i));
+        if (!control) continue;
+        const wxString colName = control->GetColumnName();
+        if (updating)
+        {
+            if (colName.Lower() != m_pkColName.Lower())
+            {
+                if (control->IsDirty())
+                {
+                    // Build "col = value, " string
+                    singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+                    control->GetData().GetAs<wxString> (&singleValue);
+                    EscapeChar(singleValue);
+                    const wxString quote = control->IsNull() ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : control->GetSQLQuote();
+                    values += colName + _T(" = ") + quote
+                            + singleValue
+                            + quote + _T(", ");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (colName.Lower() != m_pkColName.Lower())
+            {
+                if (control->IsDirty())
+                {
+                    // Construct "col1, col2,..." string
+                    columns += colName + _T(", ");
+                    singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+                    control->GetData().GetAs<wxString> (&singleValue);
+                    EscapeChar(singleValue);
+                    // Construct "value1, value2,..." string
+                    const wxString quote = control->IsNull() ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : control->GetSQLQuote();
+                    values += quote
+                            + singleValue
+                            + quote + _T(", ");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if (updating)
+    {
+        if (values.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            sql = wxEmptyString;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Append "WHERE pkColName = value"
+            values = values.Mid(0, (values.Len() - 2));
+            singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+            pkControl->GetData().GetAs<wxString> (&singleValue);
+            values += _T(" WHERE ") + m_pkColName + _T(" = ")
+                    + pkControl->GetSQLQuote() + singleValue
+                    + pkControl->GetSQLQuote();
+            // Build final string
+            sql += _T(" ") + m_tblName + _T(" SET ") + values;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (values.IsEmpty() || columns.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            sql = wxEmptyString;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Manage master/child columns
+            wxString childColList = wxEmptyString;
+            wxString masterValueList = wxEmptyString;
+            if (IsChild())
+            {
+                childColList = MakeChildInsertColList();
+                masterValueList = MakeMasterValueList();
+            }
+            columns = childColList + columns;
+            columns = columns.Mid(0, (columns.Len() - 2));
+            columns = _T(" (") + columns + _T(") ");
+            values = masterValueList + values;
+            values = values.Mid(0, (values.Len() - 2));
+            values = _T(" (") + values + _T(") ");
+            // Near final string
+            sql = sql + _T(" ") + m_tblName + columns + _T("VALUES") + values;
+            // Add returning primary key clause
+            if (!m_pkColName.IsEmpty())
+            {
+                sql += _T(" RETURNING ") + m_pkColName;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return sql;
+}
+
+const wxString LPQResultSet::MakeDeleteSQL() const
+{
+    if (m_readOnly || !m_canDelete) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (!HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (m_inserting) return wxEmptyString;
+    LBoundControl* pkControl = GetControl(m_pkColName);
+    if (pkControl == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    wxString pkValue = wxEmptyString;
+    pkControl->GetData().GetAs<wxString>(&pkValue);
+    EscapeChar(pkValue); // ???
+    wxString sql = _T("DELETE FROM ") + m_tblName
+            + _T(" WHERE ") + m_pkColName + _T(" = ")
+            + pkControl->GetSQLQuote()
+            + pkValue
+            + pkControl->GetSQLQuote();
+    return sql;
+}
+
+const int LPQResultSet::GetRowByPKValue(const wxAny& pkValue) const
+{
+    if (!HasData()) return -1;
+    PGresult * prs = static_cast<PGresult*> (m_rs);
+    int colIdx = PQfnumber(prs, m_pkColName.c_str());
+    if (colIdx < 0) return -1;
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetRowCount(); i++)
+    {
+        const wxAny beData = GetData(i, colIdx);
+        if (pkValue.As<wxString>() == beData.As<wxString>()) return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+#endif

L7/LPQResultSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LPQResultSet.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 29 mai 2014, 16:16
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBPQ
+#ifndef LPQRESULTSET_H
+#define	LPQRESULTSET_H
+
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+#include <libpq-fe.h>
+
+/**
+ * PostgreSQL namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBPQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the PostgreSQL backend.
+ */
+namespace PQ
+{
+#define RSPQMC wxString(_T("RSPQM"))
+#define RS000C wxString(_T("RS000"))
+#define RS000M wxString(_("Result set is NULL."))
+#define RS001C wxString(_T("RS001"))
+#define RS001M wxString(_("Insert started\nPlease SAVE or CANCEL first"))
+#define RS002C wxString(_T("RS002"))
+#define RS002M wxString(_("Unknown error"))
+#define RS003C wxString(_T("RS003"))
+#define RS003M wxString(_("Data altered\nPlease SAVE or CANCEL first"))
+#define RS004C wxString(_T("RS004"))
+#define RS004M wxString(_("Invalid column name :\n"))
+
+    /**
+     * Scrollable resultset for the PostgreSQL backend.
+     * 
+     * This class allows data modification through GUI elements.
+     * The underlying SQL query must not contain table aliases.
+     * 
+     * A column alias must still be a real column name of the table specified in SetTableName.
+     * 
+     * Ex : SELECT tbl1.pk1, tbl1.text1, list2.text2 AS num1 FROM tbl1 LEFT JOIN list2 ON tbl1.num1 = list2.pk2
+     */
+    class LPQResultSet : public LResultSet
+    {
+    public:
+        LPQResultSet();
+        LPQResultSet(LConnection * newConnection);
+        virtual ~LPQResultSet();
+
+        /**
+         * Updates and runs the SQL string.
+         * @param newSql
+         * @return 
+         */
+        bool SetSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+        bool HasData() const;
+        bool Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex);
+        bool IsFirst() const;
+        bool IsLast() const;
+        bool First();
+        bool Next();
+        bool Previous();
+        bool Last();
+        const unsigned int GetRowCount() const;
+        const unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
+        const wxString GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const;
+        const int GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const;
+        const wxAny GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const;
+        /**
+         * At current row.
+         * @param colName
+         * @return database table value or wxEmptyString.
+         */
+        const wxAny GetData(const wxString& colName) const;
+        /**
+         * Updates registered controls on screen.
+         */
+        void Display();
+        bool Save();
+
+        inline void InformInserting() const
+        {
+            InformLibMessage(LInformation(RS001C, RS001M));
+        }
+
+        inline void InformDirty() const
+        {
+            InformLibMessage(LInformation(RS003C, RS003M));
+        };
+
+        /**
+         * Replaces a single quote ' by two single quotes '' .
+         * @param literal
+         * @return the number of single quotes replaced
+         */
+        static int EscapeChar(wxString& literal)
+        {
+            return literal.Replace(_T("'"), _T("''"));
+        }
+
+    private:
+        bool RunSQL();
+        const wxString MakeUpdateSQL() const;
+        const wxString MakeDeleteSQL() const;
+        /**
+         * Locates a row by the primary key value and returns its index.
+         * @param pkValue
+         * @return row index or -1 if not found.
+         */
+        const int GetRowByPKValue(const wxAny& pkValue) const;
+    };
+
+}
+#endif	/* LPQRESULTSET_H */
+#endif

L7/LResultSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LResultSet.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 28 mai 2014, 21:13
+ */
+
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+#include <wx/tokenzr.h>
+
+LResultSet::LResultSet() : LLightResultSet()
+{
+    m_tblName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_pkColName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_inserting = false;
+    m_canDelete = true;
+    m_canSave = true;
+    m_canInsert = true;
+    m_canUpdate = true;
+    m_readOnly = false;
+    m_canMove = true;
+    m_masterResultSet = NULL;
+    m_masterColumnNames = wxEmptyString;
+    m_childColumnNames = wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+LResultSet::LResultSet(LConnection* newConnection) : LLightResultSet(newConnection)
+{
+    m_tblName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_pkColName = wxEmptyString;
+    m_inserting = false;
+    m_canDelete = true;
+    m_canSave = true;
+    m_canInsert = true;
+    m_canUpdate = true;
+    m_readOnly = false;
+    m_canMove = true;
+    m_masterResultSet = NULL;
+    m_masterColumnNames = wxEmptyString;
+    m_childColumnNames = wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+LResultSet::~LResultSet()
+{
+    UnRegisterAllControls();
+    m_evtHandlers.Clear();
+}
+
+void LResultSet::RegisterEventHandler(LResultSetEvent * evh)
+{
+    if (evh == NULL || m_evtHandlers.Index(evh) != wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_evtHandlers.Add(evh);
+}
+
+void LResultSet::UnRegisterEventHandler(LResultSetEvent * evh)
+{
+    if (evh == NULL || m_evtHandlers.Index(evh) == wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_evtHandlers.Remove(evh);
+}
+
+void LResultSet::RegisterControl(LBoundControl * comp)
+{
+    if (comp == NULL || m_BoundControls.Index(comp) != wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_BoundControls.Add(comp);
+}
+
+void LResultSet::UnRegisterControl(LBoundControl * comp)
+{
+    if (comp == NULL || m_BoundControls.Index(comp) == wxNOT_FOUND) return;
+    m_BoundControls.Remove(comp);
+    comp->SetResultSet(NULL);
+}
+
+void LResultSet::UnRegisterAllControls()
+{
+    while (m_BoundControls.Count() > 0)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * ctrl = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(0));
+        if (ctrl) UnRegisterControl(ctrl);
+    }
+}
+
+bool LResultSet::IsDirty() const
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundControls.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * control = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(i));
+        if (!control) continue;
+        if (control->IsDirty()) return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool LResultSet::Refresh()
+{
+    if (!m_readOnly)
+    {
+        if (m_inserting)
+        {
+            InformInserting();
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (IsDirty())
+        {
+            InformDirty();
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    bool res = RunSQL();
+    if (res) InformAfterAction(LResultSetEvent::ACTION_REFRESH);
+    return res;
+}
+
+bool LResultSet::Cancel()
+{
+    if (!m_inserting && !IsDirty()) return false;
+    bool wasInserting = m_inserting;
+    m_inserting = false;
+    Display();
+    if (wasInserting)
+    {
+        if (m_cursor > -1) InformAfterChangeRow();
+    }
+    InformAfterAction(LResultSetEvent::ACTION_CANCEL);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LResultSet::AddNew()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_readOnly || m_conn->IsReadOnly()) return false;
+    if (m_inserting)
+    {
+        InformInserting();
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (IsDirty())
+    {
+        InformDirty();
+        return false;
+    }
+    m_inserting = true;
+    Display();
+    if (m_cursor > -1) InformAfterChangeRow();
+    InformAfterAction(LResultSetEvent::ACTION_ADDNEW);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LResultSet::Delete()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_readOnly || m_conn->IsReadOnly()) return false;
+    if (!HasData()) return false;
+    if (m_inserting)
+    {
+        InformInserting();
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (IsDirty())
+    {
+        InformDirty();
+        return false;
+    }
+    InformBeforeDelete();
+    if (!m_canDelete) return false;
+    const wxString sql = MakeDeleteSQL();
+    if (sql.IsEmpty()) return false;
+    wxVariant oldPkValue = GetData(m_pkColName);
+    bool res = m_conn->ExecuteUpdateSQL(sql);
+    if (res)
+    {
+        const int oldCursor = m_cursor;
+        RunSQL(); // m_cursor gets 0 or -1
+        m_cursor = oldCursor - 1;
+        Display();
+        InformAfterDelete(oldPkValue, sql);
+        InformAfterChangeRow();
+        InformAfterAction(LResultSetEvent::ACTION_DELETE);
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+LBoundControl* LResultSet::GetControl(const wxString& colName) const
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundControls.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * control = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(i));
+        if (!control) continue;
+        if (control->GetColumnName().Lower() == colName.Lower()) return control;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformInitialised()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->Initialised(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformBeforeSave()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->BeforeSave(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformBeforeInsert()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->BeforeInsert(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformBeforeUpdate()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->BeforeUpdate(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformBeforeDelete()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->BeforeDelete(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformBeforeChangeRow()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->BeforeChangeRow(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformAfterSave()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterSave(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformAfterInsert(const wxAny& newPK, const wxString& sql)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterInsert(this, newPK, sql);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformAfterUpdate(const wxAny& curPK, const wxString& sql)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterUpdate(this, curPK, sql);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformAfterDelete(const wxAny& oldPK, const wxString& sql)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterDelete(this, oldPK, sql);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformAfterChangeRow()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterChangeRow(this);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformLibMessage(const LInformation& msg) const
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->Inform(this, msg);
+    }
+}
+
+void LResultSet::InformAfterAction(const int action)
+{
+    LResultSetEvent::ACTIONS a = static_cast<LResultSetEvent::ACTIONS> (action);
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = m_evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LResultSetEvent * evh = static_cast<LResultSetEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->AfterAction(this, a);
+    }
+}
+
+bool LResultSet::IsChild() const
+{
+    if (m_masterResultSet == NULL) return false;
+    if ((m_masterColumnNames.IsEmpty()) || (m_childColumnNames.IsEmpty()))
+        return false;
+    wxStringTokenizer zMaster(m_masterColumnNames, _T(";"));
+    wxStringTokenizer zChild(m_childColumnNames, _T(";"));
+    return ((zMaster.CountTokens()) == (zChild.CountTokens()));
+}
+
+wxString LResultSet::MakeChildInsertColList() const
+{
+    wxStringTokenizer zChild(m_childColumnNames, _T(";"));
+    wxString token = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString colList = wxEmptyString;
+    while (zChild.HasMoreTokens())
+    {
+        token = zChild.GetNextToken();
+        colList += token + _T(", ");
+    }
+    return colList; // with a trailing ", " if not empty.
+}
+
+wxString LResultSet::MakeMasterValueList() const
+{
+    wxStringTokenizer zMaster(m_masterColumnNames, _T(";"));
+    wxString token = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString val = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString valList = wxEmptyString;
+    LBoundControl * control = NULL;
+    while (zMaster.HasMoreTokens())
+    {
+        wxASSERT_MSG(m_masterResultSet != NULL, "m_masterResultSet est NULL.");
+        token = zMaster.GetNextToken();
+        control = m_masterResultSet->GetControl(token);
+        wxString sData = wxEmptyString;
+        if (control)
+        {
+            m_masterResultSet->GetData(token).GetAs<wxString>(&sData);
+            val = control->GetSQLQuote() + sData + control->GetSQLQuote();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // The master resultset may not have GUI controls.
+            m_masterResultSet->GetData(m_masterResultSet->GetRow(), m_masterResultSet->GetColumnIndex(token)).GetAs<wxString>(&sData);
+            val = _T("'") + sData + _T("'");
+        }
+        valList += val + _T(", ");
+    }
+    return valList; // with a trailing ", " if not empty.
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+LResultSetEvent::LResultSetEvent()
+{
+}
+
+LResultSetEvent::~LResultSetEvent()
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::Initialised(LResultSet* caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::BeforeSave(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::BeforeInsert(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::BeforeUpdate(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::BeforeDelete(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::BeforeChangeRow(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::AfterSave(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::AfterInsert(LResultSet * caller, const wxAny& newPK, const wxString& sql)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::AfterUpdate(LResultSet * caller, const wxAny& curPK, const wxString& sql)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::AfterDelete(LResultSet * caller, const wxAny& oldPK, const wxString& sql)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::AfterChangeRow(LResultSet * caller)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::AfterAction(LResultSet * caller, ACTIONS action)
+{
+}
+
+void LResultSetEvent::Inform(const LResultSet * caller, const LInformation& msg) const
+{
+}

L7/LResultSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LResultSet.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 28 mai 2014, 21:11
+ */
+
+#ifndef LRESULTSET_H
+#define	LRESULTSET_H
+
+#include "LInformation.h"
+#include "LBoundControl.h"
+#include "LLightResultSet.h"
+
+class LBoundControl;
+class LResultSetEvent;
+
+/**
+ * An abstract class that allows data modification using GUI elements.
+ * 
+ * Don't use aliases for table names.
+ * 
+ * A column alias must still be a real column name of the table specified in SetTableName.
+ * 
+ * Ex : SELECT tbl1.pk1, tbl1.text1, list2.text2 AS num1 FROM tbl1 LEFT JOIN list2 ON tbl1.num1 = list2.pk2
+ * 
+ */
+class LResultSet : public LLightResultSet
+{
+public:
+    LResultSet();
+    LResultSet(LConnection * newConnection);
+    /**
+     * All controls are unregistered in the destructor.
+     */
+    virtual ~LResultSet();
+
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newTableName : the database table to update.
+     */
+    void SetTableName(const wxString& newTableName)
+    {
+        m_tblName = newTableName;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetTableName() const
+    {
+        return m_tblName;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * May not necessarily be the real primary key of the table.
+     * 
+     * @param newPKColumnName : an auto-increment column.
+     */
+    void SetPKColumnName(const wxString& newPKColumnName)
+    {
+        m_pkColName = newPKColumnName;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetPKColumnName() const
+    {
+        return m_pkColName;
+    }
+    void RegisterControl(LBoundControl * comp);
+    /**
+     * Unregisters a control and set its internal resultset member to NULL.
+     * @param comp
+     */
+    void UnRegisterControl(LBoundControl * comp);
+    virtual void UnRegisterAllControls();
+
+    const wxArrayPtrVoid GetRegisteredControls() const
+    {
+        return m_BoundControls;
+    }
+
+    bool IsControlRegistered(LBoundControl * comp) const
+    {
+        return (m_BoundControls.Index(comp) != wxNOT_FOUND);
+    }
+    virtual void Display() = 0;
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return true if any registered control is dirty, false otherwise.
+     */
+    bool IsDirty() const;
+    virtual bool Save() = 0;
+    bool Refresh();
+    bool Cancel();
+    bool AddNew();
+    bool Delete();
+    LBoundControl* GetControl(const wxString& colName) const;
+
+    void SetCanSave(bool newCanSave)
+    {
+        m_canSave = newCanSave;
+    }
+
+    bool GetCanSave() const
+    {
+        return m_canSave;
+    }
+
+    void SetCanInsert(bool newCanInsert)
+    {
+        m_canInsert = newCanInsert;
+    }
+
+    bool GetCanInsert() const
+    {
+        return m_canInsert;
+    }
+
+    void SetCanUpdate(bool newCanUpdate)
+    {
+        m_canUpdate = newCanUpdate;
+    }
+
+    bool GetCanUpdate() const
+    {
+        return m_canUpdate;
+    }
+
+    void SetCanDelete(bool newCanDelete)
+    {
+        m_canDelete = newCanDelete;
+    }
+
+    bool GetCanDelete() const
+    {
+        return m_canDelete;
+    }
+
+    void SetReadOnly(bool newReadOnly)
+    {
+        m_readOnly = newReadOnly;
+    }
+
+    bool IsReadOnly() const
+    {
+        return m_readOnly;
+    }
+
+    void SetCanMove(bool newCanMove)
+    {
+        m_canMove = newCanMove;
+    }
+
+    bool GetCanMove() const
+    {
+        return m_canMove;
+    }
+
+    bool IsInserting() const
+    {
+        return m_inserting;
+    }
+
+    void SetMasterResultSet(LResultSet * newResultSet)
+    {
+        m_masterResultSet = newResultSet;
+    }
+
+    const LResultSet* GetMasterResultSet() const
+    {
+        return m_masterResultSet;
+    }
+
+    void SetMasterColumnNames(const wxString& newColumnNames)
+    {
+        m_masterColumnNames = newColumnNames;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetMasterColumnNames() const
+    {
+        return m_masterColumnNames;
+    }
+
+    void SetChildColumnNames(const wxString& newColumnNames)
+    {
+        m_childColumnNames = newColumnNames;
+    }
+
+    const wxString& GetChildColumnNames() const
+    {
+        return m_childColumnNames;
+    }
+    virtual void InformInserting() const = 0;
+    virtual void InformDirty() const = 0;
+
+    void RegisterEventHandler(LResultSetEvent * evh);
+    void UnRegisterEventHandler(LResultSetEvent * evh);
+
+    wxArrayPtrVoid& GetEventHandlers()
+    {
+        return m_evtHandlers;
+    }
+
+protected:
+    wxString m_tblName;
+    wxString m_pkColName;
+    wxArrayPtrVoid m_BoundControls;
+    virtual const wxString MakeUpdateSQL() const = 0;
+    virtual const wxString MakeDeleteSQL() const = 0;
+    virtual const int GetRowByPKValue(const wxAny& pkValue) const = 0;
+    bool m_inserting;
+    bool m_canSave;
+    bool m_canInsert;
+    bool m_canUpdate;
+    bool m_canDelete;
+    bool m_readOnly;
+    bool m_canMove;
+
+    wxArrayPtrVoid m_evtHandlers;
+    void InformInitialised();
+    void InformBeforeSave();
+    void InformBeforeInsert();
+    void InformBeforeUpdate();
+    void InformBeforeDelete();
+    void InformBeforeChangeRow();
+    void InformAfterSave();
+    void InformAfterChangeRow();
+    void InformAfterAction(const int action);
+    void InformAfterInsert(const wxAny& newPK, const wxString& sql);
+    void InformAfterUpdate(const wxAny& curPK, const wxString& sql);
+    void InformAfterDelete(const wxAny& oldPK, const wxString& sql);
+    void InformLibMessage(const LInformation& msg) const;
+
+    wxWeakRef<LResultSet> m_masterResultSet;
+    wxString m_masterColumnNames;
+    wxString m_childColumnNames;
+    bool IsChild() const;
+    wxString MakeChildInsertColList() const;
+    wxString MakeMasterValueList() const;
+private:
+
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class LResultSetEvent
+{
+public:
+    LResultSetEvent();
+    virtual ~LResultSetEvent();
+
+    enum ACTIONS
+    {
+        ACTION_ADDNEW = 0, ACTION_SAVE, ACTION_CANCEL, ACTION_REFRESH, ACTION_DELETE
+    };
+    virtual void Initialised(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void BeforeSave(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void BeforeInsert(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void BeforeUpdate(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void BeforeDelete(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void BeforeChangeRow(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void AfterSave(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void AfterInsert(LResultSet * caller, const wxAny& newPK, const wxString& sql);
+    virtual void AfterUpdate(LResultSet * caller, const wxAny& curPK, const wxString& sql);
+    virtual void AfterDelete(LResultSet * caller, const wxAny& oldPK, const wxString& sql);
+    virtual void AfterChangeRow(LResultSet * caller);
+    virtual void AfterAction(LResultSet * caller, ACTIONS action);
+    virtual void Inform(const LResultSet * caller, const LInformation& msg) const;
+
+private:
+
+};
+
+
+#endif	/* LRESULTSET_H */
+

L7/LSQConnection.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LSQConnection.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 25 mai 2014, 16:08
+ */
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#include "LSQConnection.h"
+#include "LSQresult.h"
+using namespace SQ;
+
+LSQConnection::LSQConnection() : LConnection()
+{
+    m_conn = NULL;
+    m_errMsg = NULL;
+}
+
+LSQConnection::LSQConnection(const wxString& newInfo) : LConnection(newInfo)
+{
+    m_conn = NULL;
+    m_errMsg = NULL;
+}
+
+LSQConnection::~LSQConnection()
+{
+    Close();
+}
+
+const char *LSQConnection::GetLastLibMessage() const
+{
+    return m_errMsg;
+}
+
+bool LSQConnection::Connect()
+{
+    if (m_conn != NULL)
+    {
+        return true;
+    }
+    const char* cinfo = m_connInfo.c_str();
+    int flag = (m_readOnly ? SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE : SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+    int res = sqlite3_open_v2(cinfo, &m_conn, flag, NULL);
+    if (res != 0) Close();
+    return (res == 0);
+}
+
+void * LSQConnection::Get() const
+{
+    return (void*) m_conn;
+}
+
+bool LSQConnection::IsValid() const
+{
+    /*
+     Is there a better way to really check the status of the sqlite3 connection object ?
+     * Something like PQstatus(PGconn*) ?
+     * Quote from the documentation :
+     * 
+     * The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+     *      is a valid and open [database connection]
+     * 
+     * How to ?
+     */
+    return (m_conn != NULL);
+}
+
+void LSQConnection::Close()
+{
+    if (m_conn != NULL)
+    {
+        sqlite3_close(m_conn);
+        m_conn = NULL;
+        m_errMsg = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+void * LSQConnection::ExecuteSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    wxCHECK_MSG(IsValid() == true, NULL, _("Invalid connection"));
+    SQresult * res = new SQresult();
+    const char* cSQL = newSql.c_str();
+    m_errMsg = NULL;
+    int rc = sqlite3_get_table(m_conn, cSQL, &res->m_data, &res->m_nbRows, &res->m_nbCols, &m_errMsg);
+    if (m_errMsg)
+    {
+        InformSQMessage(m_errMsg);
+        sqlite3_free(m_errMsg);
+        sqlite3_free_table(res->m_data);
+        res = NULL;
+    }
+    return (void*) res;
+}
+
+bool LSQConnection::ExecuteUpdateSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    wxCHECK_MSG(IsValid() == true, false, _("Invalid connection"));
+    const char* cSQL = newSql.c_str();
+    m_errMsg = NULL;
+    int rc = sqlite3_exec(m_conn, cSQL, NULL, NULL, &m_errMsg);
+    if (m_errMsg)
+    {
+        InformSQMessage(m_errMsg);
+        sqlite3_free(m_errMsg);
+    }
+    return (rc == SQLITE_OK);
+}
+
+const wxAny LSQConnection::GetReturnedValue(const unsigned int unused) const
+{
+    sqlite3_int64 r = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(m_conn);
+    return wxAny((long) r);
+}
+
+void LSQConnection::InformSQMessage(const char * SQmsg) const
+{
+    if (!SQmsg) return;
+    wxString msg(SQmsg);
+    if (msg.IsEmpty()) return;
+    const LInformation inf(CNSQMC, msg);
+    InformLibMessage(inf);
+}
+
+void LSQConnection::InformLibMessage(const LInformation& msg) const
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < evtHandlers.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        void * p = evtHandlers.Item(i);
+        LConnectionEvent * evh = static_cast<LConnectionEvent*> (p);
+        if (evh != NULL) evh->Inform(this, msg);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif

L7/LSQConnection.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LSQConnection.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 25 mai 2014, 16:07
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#ifndef LSQCONNECTION_H
+#define	LSQCONNECTION_H
+
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+#include <vector>
+#include <wx/wx.h>
+#include "LConnection.h"
+
+/**
+ * SQLite namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBSQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the SQLite backend.
+ */
+namespace SQ
+{
+#define CNSQMC wxString(_T("CNSQM"))
+
+class SQresult;
+
+/**
+ Minimalist class managing an SQLite3 connection; derives from LConnection.
+ */
+class LSQConnection : public LConnection
+{
+public:
+    LSQConnection();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param newInfo : connection information. A file path, or memory/temporary database string instructions.
+     */
+    LSQConnection(const wxString& newInfo);
+    /**
+     * The connection is closed in the destructor.
+     */
+    virtual ~LSQConnection();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return the last backend error message, may be NULL.
+     */
+    const char* GetLastLibMessage() const;
+    /**
+     * Establishes a new connection, creating the SQLIte database if necessary.
+     * Does nothing if a connection already exists.
+     * @return true if a new connection is established, or if a connection already esists. False on error.
+     */
+    bool Connect();
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @return a pointer to the sqlite3 real database pointer.
+     */
+    void * Get() const;
+    /**
+     * Checks if the sqlite3 pointer is not NULL.
+     * @return true if the sqlite3 pointer is not NULL.
+     */
+    bool IsValid() const;
+    /**
+     * Closes the connection. Error message pointer is set to NULL.
+     */
+    void Close();
+    /**
+     * Calls sqlite3_get_table and returns rows from a SELECT query.
+     * @param newSql a valid SQL statement.
+     * @return an untyped pointer to an SQresult referencing the data, or NULL if error.
+     */
+    void * ExecuteSQL (const wxString& newSql);
+    /**
+     * Intended for database actions that do not fetch table rows. Calls sqlite3_exec.
+     * @param newSql : : a valid SQL statement.
+     * @return true on success, false otherwise.
+     */
+    bool ExecuteUpdateSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+    /**
+     * 
+     * @param col : unused
+     * @return an insert row identifier is always returned, even if the table does not have an autoincrement column.
+     */
+    const wxAny GetReturnedValue(const unsigned int unused) const;
+
+private:
+    sqlite3 * m_conn;
+    char * m_errMsg;
+    /**
+     * Forwards SQLite messages to InformLibMessage
+     * @param
+     */
+    void InformSQMessage(const char * SQmsg) const;
+    wxArrayPtrVoid evtHandlers;
+    /**
+     * Informs application that registers LConnectionEvent handlers here.
+     * @param msg
+     */
+    void InformLibMessage(const LInformation& msg) const;
+};
+
+}
+#endif	/* LSQCONNECTION_H */
+#endif

L7/LSQResultSet.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LSQResultSet.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 1 juin 2014, 11:43
+ */
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#include "LSQResultSet.h"
+using namespace SQ;
+
+LSQResultSet::LSQResultSet() : LResultSet()
+{
+}
+
+LSQResultSet::LSQResultSet(LConnection* newConnection) : LResultSet(newConnection)
+{
+}
+
+LSQResultSet::~LSQResultSet()
+{
+    if (m_rs)
+    {
+        SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+        sqlite3_free_table(srs->m_data);
+        delete srs;
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::SetSQL(const wxString& newSql)
+{
+    UpdateSQL(newSql);
+    if (RunSQL()) First();
+    return (m_rs != NULL);
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::RunSQL()
+{
+    if (m_curSql == wxEmptyString)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_rs != NULL)
+    {
+        SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+        sqlite3_free_table(srs->m_data);
+        wxDELETE(srs);
+        m_rs = NULL;
+    }
+    m_rs = m_conn->ExecuteSQL(m_curSql);
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    if (!RetrieveColNames(srs))
+    { // ON EMPTY TABLES, EXECUTESQL RETURNS NO COLUMNS AS WELL
+        m_rs = NULL;
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (m_rs != NULL)
+    {
+        m_cursor = (HasData()) ? 0 : -1;
+        Display();
+        m_inserting = false;
+        if (!m_initialised)
+        {
+            m_initialised = true;
+            InformInitialised();
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        Display();
+        m_inserting = false;
+        const LInformation inf(RSSQ000C, RSSQ000M);
+        InformLibMessage(inf);
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::HasData() const
+{
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return false;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    if (srs->m_nbRows == 0) return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex)
+{
+    if (!m_readOnly)
+    {
+        if (m_inserting)
+        {
+            InformInserting();
+            return false;
+        }
+        if (IsDirty())
+        {
+            InformDirty();
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    if (!HasData())
+    {
+        m_cursor = -1;
+        Display();
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (newRowIndex > (GetRowCount() - 1)) return false;
+    InformBeforeChangeRow();
+    if (!m_canMove) return false;
+    m_cursor = newRowIndex;
+    Display();
+    m_inserting = false;
+    InformAfterChangeRow();
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::IsFirst() const
+{
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    return (m_cursor == 0);
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::IsLast() const
+{
+    if (!(HasData())) return false;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return (m_cursor == (srs->m_nbRows - 1));
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::First()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(0);
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::Next()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor + 1);
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::Previous()
+{
+    if (IsFirst()) return false;
+    return Absolute(m_cursor - 1);
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::Last()
+{
+    if (IsLast()) return false;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return Absolute(srs->m_nbRows - 1);
+}
+
+const unsigned int LSQResultSet::GetRowCount() const
+{
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return -1;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return srs->m_nbRows;
+}
+
+const unsigned int LSQResultSet::GetColumnCount() const
+{
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return -1;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    return srs->m_nbCols;
+}
+
+const wxString LSQResultSet::GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const
+{
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (!HasData()) return m_colNames.Item(colIndex);
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    const char* name = srs->m_data[colIndex];
+    if (name) return wxString(name);
+    return wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+const int LSQResultSet::GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const
+{
+    if (m_rs == NULL) return -1;
+    if (!HasData()) return m_colNames.Index(colName, false);
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    for (unsigned int c = 0; c < srs->m_nbCols; c++)
+    {
+        const char* name = srs->m_data[c];
+        const wxString sName(name);
+        if (sName.Lower() == colName.Lower()) return c;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+const wxAny LSQResultSet::GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const
+{
+    if (!HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    const char * data = srs->m_data[((rowIdx + 1) * (srs->m_nbCols)) + colIdx];
+    if (data == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    return wxString(data, wxConvUTF8);
+}
+
+const wxAny LSQResultSet::GetData(const wxString &columnName) const
+{
+    SQresult * srs = static_cast<SQresult*> (m_rs);
+    if (m_cursor < 0
+        || IsInserting()
+        || !HasData()
+        || m_cursor > srs->m_nbRows - 1)
+        return wxEmptyString;
+    for (unsigned int c = 0; c < srs->m_nbCols; c++)
+    {
+        const char * colName = srs->m_data[c];
+        const wxString sColName(colName);
+        if (sColName.Lower() == columnName.Lower()) return GetData(m_cursor, c);
+    }
+    return wxEmptyString;
+}
+
+void LSQResultSet::Display()
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundControls.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * control = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(i));
+        if (!control) continue;
+        if (control)
+        {
+            wxAny aData = GetData(control->GetColumnName());
+            control->SetData(aData);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::Save()
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    if (m_readOnly || m_conn->IsReadOnly()) return false;
+    if (!m_inserting && !HasData()) return false;
+    InformBeforeSave();
+    if (!m_canSave) return false;
+    LBoundControl* pkControl = GetControl(m_pkColName);
+    if (!pkControl) return false;
+    if (pkControl->IsNull())
+    {
+        InformBeforeInsert();
+        if (!m_canInsert) return false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        InformBeforeUpdate();
+        if (!m_canUpdate) return false;
+    }
+    const wxString sql = MakeUpdateSQL();
+    if (sql.IsEmpty()) return false;
+    bool updating = (sql.Mid(0, 7) == _T("UPDATE "));
+    wxAny pkValue;
+    bool res;
+    if (updating) pkValue = GetData(m_pkColName);
+    if (m_conn->ExecuteUpdateSQL(sql))
+    {
+        const int oldCursor = m_cursor;
+        if (updating)
+        {
+            InformAfterUpdate(pkValue, sql);
+            res = RunSQL();
+            if (res)
+            {
+                m_cursor = GetRowByPKValue(pkValue);
+                Display();
+                if (oldCursor != m_cursor) InformAfterChangeRow();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            wxAny newPK = m_conn->GetReturnedValue(0);
+            int inewPK;
+            newPK.GetAs<int> (&inewPK);
+            if (inewPK != 0)
+            {
+                InformAfterInsert(newPK, sql); // Before RunSQL so that UpdateSQL can be called by client app
+                res = RunSQL();
+                if (res)
+                {
+                    m_cursor = GetRowByPKValue(newPK);
+                    Display();
+                    m_inserting = false;
+                    if (oldCursor != m_cursor) InformAfterChangeRow();
+                }
+                m_conn->ClearReturnedKeys();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                const LInformation inf(RSSQ002C, RSSQ002M);
+                InformLibMessage(inf);
+            }
+        }
+        InformAfterSave();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        const LInformation inf(RSSQMC, wxString(m_conn->GetLastLibMessage()));
+        InformLibMessage(inf);
+    }
+    if (res) InformAfterAction(LResultSetEvent::ACTION_SAVE);
+    return res;
+}
+
+const wxString LSQResultSet::MakeUpdateSQL() const
+{
+    if (m_readOnly || !m_canSave) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (!m_inserting && !HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    LBoundControl* pkControl = GetControl(m_pkColName);
+    if (pkControl == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    wxString sql = _T("UPDATE");
+    bool updating = true;
+    if (pkControl->IsNull())
+    {
+        sql = _T("INSERT INTO");
+        updating = false;
+    }
+    wxString columns = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString values = wxEmptyString;
+    wxString singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_BoundControls.GetCount(); i++)
+    {
+        LBoundControl * control = static_cast<LBoundControl*> (m_BoundControls.Item(i));
+        if (!control) continue;
+        if (!control) continue;
+        wxString colName = control->GetColumnName();
+        if (updating)
+        {
+            if (colName.Lower() != m_pkColName.Lower())
+            {
+                if (control->IsDirty())
+                {
+                    // Build "col = value, " string
+                    singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+                    control->GetData().GetAs<wxString> (&singleValue);
+                    EscapeChar(singleValue);
+                    const wxString quote = control->IsNull() ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : control->GetSQLQuote();
+                    values += colName + _T(" = ") + quote
+                            + singleValue
+                            + quote + _T(", ");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (colName.Lower() != m_pkColName.Lower())
+            {
+                if (control->IsDirty())
+                {
+                    // Construct "col1, col2,..." string
+                    columns += colName + _T(", ");
+                    singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+                    control->GetData().GetAs<wxString> (&singleValue);
+                    EscapeChar(singleValue);
+                    // Construct "value1, value2,..." string
+                    const wxString quote = control->IsNull() ? wxString(wxEmptyString) : control->GetSQLQuote();
+                    values += quote
+                            + singleValue
+                            + quote + _T(", ");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if (updating)
+    {
+        if (values.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            sql = wxEmptyString;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Append "WHERE pkColName = value"
+            values = values.Mid(0, (values.Len() - 2));
+            singleValue = wxEmptyString;
+            pkControl->GetData().GetAs<wxString> (&singleValue);
+            values += _T(" WHERE ") + m_pkColName + _T(" = ")
+                    + pkControl->GetSQLQuote() + singleValue
+                    + pkControl->GetSQLQuote();
+            // Build final string
+            sql += _T(" ") + m_tblName + _T(" SET ") + values;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (values.IsEmpty() || columns.IsEmpty())
+        {
+            sql = wxEmptyString;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Manage master/child columns
+            wxString childColList = wxEmptyString;
+            wxString masterValueList = wxEmptyString;
+            if (IsChild())
+            {
+                childColList = MakeChildInsertColList();
+                masterValueList = MakeMasterValueList();
+            }
+            columns = childColList + columns;
+            columns = columns.Mid(0, (columns.Len() - 2));
+            columns = _T(" (") + columns + _T(") ");
+            values = masterValueList + values;
+            values = values.Mid(0, (values.Len() - 2));
+            values = _T(" (") + values + _T(") ");
+            // Final string
+            sql = sql + _T(" ") + m_tblName + columns + _T("VALUES") + values;
+        }
+    }
+    return sql;
+}
+
+const wxString LSQResultSet::MakeDeleteSQL() const
+{
+    if (m_readOnly || !m_canDelete) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (!HasData()) return wxEmptyString;
+    if (m_inserting) return wxEmptyString;
+    LBoundControl* pkControl = GetControl(m_pkColName);
+    if (pkControl == NULL) return wxEmptyString;
+    wxString pkValue = wxEmptyString;
+    pkControl->GetData().GetAs<wxString>(&pkValue);
+    EscapeChar(pkValue); // ???
+    wxString sql = _T("DELETE FROM ") + m_tblName
+            + _T(" WHERE ") + m_pkColName + _T(" = ")
+            + pkControl->GetSQLQuote()
+            + pkValue
+            + pkControl->GetSQLQuote();
+    return sql;
+}
+
+const int LSQResultSet::GetRowByPKValue(const wxAny& pkValue) const
+{
+    if (!HasData()) return -1;
+    int colIdx = GetColumnIndex(m_pkColName);
+    if (colIdx < 0) return -1;
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < GetRowCount(); i++)
+    {
+        wxAny beData = GetData(i, colIdx);
+        if (pkValue.As<wxString>() == beData.As<wxString>()) return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+bool LSQResultSet::RetrieveColNames(SQresult * emptyResult)
+{
+    /*
+     * PRAGMA table_info(tbl1)
+     * gives table metadata
+     * but columns ordering in m_curSql is obviously app dependant
+     * 
+     */
+    wxASSERT_MSG(m_conn != NULL, _T("m_conn est NULL."));
+    sqlite3 * db = static_cast<sqlite3*> (m_conn->Get());
+    if (db)
+    {
+        sqlite3_stmt * ppStmt;
+        int res = sqlite3_prepare(db, m_curSql, -1, &ppStmt, NULL);
+        if (res == SQLITE_OK)
+        {
+            m_colNames.Clear();
+            int colCount = sqlite3_column_count(ppStmt);
+            for (unsigned int i = 0; i < colCount; i++)
+            {
+                const char * name = sqlite3_column_name(ppStmt, i);
+                m_colNames.Add(wxString(name));
+            }
+            emptyResult->m_nbCols = m_colNames.GetCount();
+            sqlite3_finalize(ppStmt);
+            return true;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            int errCode = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+            const char * errMsg = sqlite3_errmsg(db);
+            const char * errStr = sqlite3_errstr(errCode);
+            const wxString msg(wxAny(errCode).As<wxString>() + _T(" ") +
+                               wxString(errMsg) + _T("\n") + wxString(errStr));
+            wxPrintf("%s\n", msg);
+            wxFAIL_MSG(msg);
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+
+#endif

L7/LSQResultSet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LSQResultSet.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 1 juin 2014, 11:42
+ */
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#ifndef LSQRESULTSET_H
+#define	LSQRESULTSET_H
+
+#include "LResultSet.h"
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+#include "LSQresult.h"
+/**
+ * SQLite namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBSQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the SQLite backend.
+ */
+namespace SQ
+{
+#define RSSQMC wxString(_T("RSSQM"))
+#define RSSQ000C wxString(_T("RS000"))
+#define RSSQ000M wxString(_("Result set is NULL."))
+#define RSSQ001C wxString(_T("RS001"))
+#define RSSQ001M wxString(_("Insert started\nPlease SAVE or CANCEL first"))
+#define RSSQ002C wxString(_T("RS002"))
+#define RSSQ002M wxString(_("Unknown error"))
+#define RSSQ003C wxString(_T("RS003"))
+#define RSSQ003M wxString(_("Data altered\nPlease SAVE or CANCEL first"))
+#define RSSQ004C wxString(_T("RS004"))
+#define RSSQ004M wxString(_("Invalid column name :\n"))
+
+    /**
+     * Scrollable resultset for the SQLite backend.
+     * 
+     * This class allows data modification through GUI elements.
+     * The underlying SQL query must not contain table aliases.
+     * 
+     * A column alias must still be a real column name of the table specified in SetTableName.
+     * 
+     * Ex : SELECT tbl1.pk1, tbl1.text1, list2.text2 AS num1 FROM tbl1 LEFT JOIN list2 ON tbl1.num1 = list2.pk2
+     */
+    class LSQResultSet : public LResultSet
+    {
+    public:
+        LSQResultSet();
+        LSQResultSet(LConnection * newConnection);
+        virtual ~LSQResultSet();
+        /**
+         * Updates and runs the SQL string.
+         * @param newSql
+         * @return 
+         */
+        bool SetSQL(const wxString& newSql);
+        bool HasData() const;
+        bool Absolute(const unsigned int newRowIndex);
+        bool IsFirst() const;
+        bool IsLast() const;
+        bool First();
+        bool Next();
+        bool Previous();
+        bool Last();
+        const unsigned int GetRowCount() const;
+        const unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
+        const wxString GetColumnName(const unsigned int colIndex) const;
+        const int GetColumnIndex(const wxString& colName) const;
+        const wxAny GetData(const unsigned int rowIdx, const unsigned int colIdx) const;
+        /**
+         * At current row.
+         * @param colName
+         * @return database table value or wxEmptyString.
+         */
+        const wxAny GetData(const wxString& colName) const;
+        /**
+         * Updates registered controls on screen.
+         */
+        void Display();
+        bool Save();
+
+        inline void InformInserting() const
+        {
+            InformLibMessage(LInformation(RSSQ001C, RSSQ001M));
+        }
+
+        inline void InformDirty() const
+        {
+            InformLibMessage(LInformation(RSSQ003C, RSSQ003M));
+        };
+
+        /**
+         * Replaces a single quote ' by two single quotes '' .
+         * @param literal
+         * @return the number of single quotes replaced
+         */
+        static int EscapeChar(wxString& literal)
+        {
+            return literal.Replace(_T("'"), _T("''"));
+        }
+
+    private:
+        bool RunSQL();
+        const wxString MakeUpdateSQL() const;
+        const wxString MakeDeleteSQL() const;
+        /**
+         * Locates a row by the primary key value and returns its index.
+         * @param pkValue
+         * @return row index or -1 if not found.
+         */
+        const int GetRowByPKValue(const wxAny& pkValue) const;
+
+        wxArrayString m_colNames;
+        bool RetrieveColNames(SQresult * emptyResult);
+    };
+
+}
+#endif	/* LSQRESULTSET_H */
+#endif

L7/LSQresult.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LSQresult.cpp
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 31 mai 2014, 18:57
+ */
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+
+#include "stddef.h"
+#include "LSQresult.h"
+using namespace SQ;
+
+SQresult::SQresult()
+{
+    m_nbRows = 0;
+    m_nbCols = 0;
+    m_data = NULL;
+}
+
+SQresult::~SQresult()
+{
+}
+
+#endif

L7/LSQresult.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LSQresult.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ *
+ * Created on 31 mai 2014, 18:56
+ */
+
+#ifdef USE_LIBSQ
+#ifndef LSQRESULT_H
+#define	LSQRESULT_H
+/**
+ * SQLite namespace.
+ * 
+ * Please note USE_LIBSQ pre-processor directive must be defined to include the SQLite backend.
+ */
+namespace SQ
+{
+
+    class SQresult
+    {
+        /**
+         * This class is used  to reference the data obtained by LSQConnection::ExecuteSQL.
+         * 
+         * If no rows are returned, m_data is NULL and does not even provide the column names.
+         */
+    public:
+        SQresult();
+        virtual ~SQresult();
+        /**
+         * Pointer to the array of column names and data.
+         */
+        char ** m_data;
+        /**
+         * Number of rows.
+         */
+        int m_nbRows;
+        /**
+         * Number of columns
+         */
+        int m_nbCols;
+    private:
+
+    };
+
+}
+#endif	/* LSQRESULT_H */
+#endif

L7/LVersion.h

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* 
+ * File:   LVersion.h
+ * Author: SET - nmset@netcourrier.com
+ * License : LGPL version 2.1
+ * Copyright SET, M. D. - © 2014
+ * 
+ * Created on 28 juillet 2014, 19:47
+ */
+
+#ifndef LVERSION_H
+#define	LVERSION_H
+
+#define L7_VERSION_STR "4"
+
+#endif	/* LVERSION_H */
+

L7/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#
+#  There exist several targets which are by default empty and which can be 
+#  used for execution of your targets. These targets are usually executed 
+#  before and after some main targets. They are: 
+#
+#     .build-pre:              called before 'build' target
+#     .build-post:             called after 'build' target
+#     .clean-pre:              called before 'clean' target
+#     .clean-post:             called after 'clean' target
+#     .clobber-pre:            called before 'clobber' target
+#     .clobber-post:           called after 'clobber' target
+#     .all-pre:                called before 'all' target
+#     .all-post:               called after 'all' target
+#     .help-pre:               called before 'help' target
+#     .help-post:              called after 'help' target
+#
+#  Targets beginning with '.' are not intended to be called on their own.
+#
+#  Main targets can be executed directly, and they are:
+#  
+#     build                    build a specific configuration
+#     clean                    remove built files from a configuration
+#     clobber                  remove all built files
+#     all                      build all configurations
+#     help                     print help mesage
+#  
+#  Targets .build-impl, .clean-impl, .clobber-impl, .all-impl, and
+#  .help-impl are implemented in nbproject/makefile-impl.mk.
+#
+#  Available make variables:
+#
+#     CND_BASEDIR                base directory for relative paths
+#     CND_DISTDIR                default top distribution directory (build artifacts)
+#     CND_BUILDDIR               default top build directory (object files, ...)
+#     CONF                       name of current configuration
+#     CND_PLATFORM_${CONF}       platform name (current configuration)
+#     CND_ARTIFACT_DIR_${CONF}   directory of build artifact (current configuration)
+#     CND_ARTIFACT_NAME_${CONF}  name of build artifact (current configuration)
+#     CND_ARTIFACT_PATH_${CONF}  path to build artifact (current configuration)
+#     CND_PACKAGE_DIR_${CONF}    directory of package (current configuration)
+#     CND_PACKAGE_NAME_${CONF}   name of package (current configuration)
+#     CND_PACKAGE_PATH_${CONF}   path to package (current configuration)
+#
+# NOCDDL
+
+
+# Environment 
+MKDIR=mkdir
+CP=cp
+CCADMIN=CCadmin
+
+
+# build
+build: .build-post
+
+.build-pre:
+# Add your pre 'build' code here...
+
+.build-post: .build-impl
+# Add your post 'build' code here...
+
+
+# clean
+clean: .clean-post
+
+.clean-pre:
+# Add your pre 'clean' code here...
+
+.clean-post: .clean-impl
+# Add your post 'clean' code here...
+
+
+# clobber
+clobber: .clobber-post
+
+.clobber-pre:
+# Add your pre 'clobber' code here...
+
+.clobber-post: .clobber-impl
+# Add your post 'clobber' code here...
+
+
+# all
+all: .all-post
+
+.all-pre:
+# Add your pre 'all' code here...
+
+.all-post: .all-impl
+# Add your post 'all' code here...
+
+
+# build tests
+build-tests: .build-tests-post
+
+.build-tests-pre:
+# Add your pre 'build-tests' code here...
+
+.build-tests-post: .build-tests-impl
+# Add your post 'build-tests' code here...
+
+
+# run tests
+test: .test-post
+
+.test-pre: build-tests
+# Add your pre 'test' code here...
+
+.test-post: .test-impl
+# Add your post 'test' code here...
+
+
+# help
+help: .help-post
+
+.help-pre:
+# Add your pre 'help' code here...
+
+.help-post: .help-impl
+# Add your post 'help' code here...
+
+
+
+# include project implementation makefile
+include nbproject/Makefile-impl.mk
+
+# include project make variables
+include nbproject/Makefile-variables.mk

L7/changelog.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+2018-04-25
+1. Controls in 'Form View' inherit the grid cell's editor validator.
+2. Corrected a bug in LGridSpinEditor::ProvideFormEditor, where the form editor was created without the style parameter.
+3. Rename the project to L7.
+4. Change versioning pattern to running integers.
+5. Moved to github.com.
+
+2015-10-19
+version 0.9.3
+1. LPQConnection and LSQConnection must free memory by calling Close() if 
+connection fails.
+
+2015-09-27
+version 0.9.2
+1. Added a weakref.h include in LLightResultset.h, so as to be able to use
+resultset and connection classes independantly.
+2. LConnection::ClearReturnedKeys() is always called in LPQResultSet::Save()
+to prevent memory leak.
+
+2014-09-27
+version 0.9.1
+1. Added bound spin control with relevant grid editor and renderer.
+2. Added a 'Refresh' menu item in a bound grid's context menu.
+3. The bound grid FillGrid() function must call RestoreEditorControls().
+4. Minor documentation changes.
+
+2014-08-09
+version 0.9.0
+Initial release
+

L7/nbproject/Makefile-Debug.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+#
+# Generated Makefile - do not edit!
+#
+# Edit the Makefile in the project folder instead (../Makefile). Each target
+# has a -pre and a -post target defined where you can add customized code.
+#
+# This makefile implements configuration specific macros and targets.
+
+
+# Environment
+MKDIR=mkdir
+CP=cp
+GREP=grep
+NM=nm
+CCADMIN=CCadmin
+RANLIB=ranlib
+CC=gcc
+CCC=g++
+CXX=g++
+FC=gfortran
+AS=as
+
+# Macros
+CND_PLATFORM=GNU-Linux
+CND_DLIB_EXT=so
+CND_CONF=Debug
+CND_DISTDIR=dist
+CND_BUILDDIR=build
+
+# Include project Makefile
+include Makefile
+
+# Object Directory
+OBJECTDIR=${CND_BUILDDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}
+
+# Object Files
+OBJECTFILES= \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundCheckBox.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundComboBox.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundControl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundGrid.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundSpinCtrl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundTextCtrl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LConnection.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridColEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LInformation.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LItemData.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LLightPQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LLightResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LLightSQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LNavigator.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LPQConnection.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LPQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LSQConnection.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LSQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LSQresult.o
+
+
+# C Compiler Flags
+CFLAGS=
+
+# CC Compiler Flags
+CCFLAGS=
+CXXFLAGS=
+
+# Fortran Compiler Flags
+FFLAGS=
+
+# Assembler Flags
+ASFLAGS=
+
+# Link Libraries and Options
+LDLIBSOPTIONS=-L/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib -lwx_baseu-3.1 -lwx_gtk2u_core-3.1
+
+# Build Targets
+.build-conf: ${BUILD_SUBPROJECTS}
+	"${MAKE}"  -f nbproject/Makefile-${CND_CONF}.mk ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}
+
+${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}: ${OBJECTFILES}
+	${MKDIR} -p ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}
+	g++ -o ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT} ${OBJECTFILES} ${LDLIBSOPTIONS} -shared -fPIC
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundCheckBox.o: LBoundCheckBox.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundCheckBox.o LBoundCheckBox.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundComboBox.o: LBoundComboBox.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundComboBox.o LBoundComboBox.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundControl.o: LBoundControl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundControl.o LBoundControl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.o: LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.o LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundGrid.o: LBoundGrid.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundGrid.o LBoundGrid.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundSpinCtrl.o: LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundSpinCtrl.o LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundTextCtrl.o: LBoundTextCtrl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundTextCtrl.o LBoundTextCtrl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LConnection.o: LConnection.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LConnection.o LConnection.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckEditor.o: LGridCheckEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckEditor.o LGridCheckEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckRenderer.o: LGridCheckRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckRenderer.o LGridCheckRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridColEditor.o: LGridColEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridColEditor.o LGridColEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboEditor.o: LGridComboEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboEditor.o LGridComboEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboRenderer.o: LGridComboRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboRenderer.o LGridComboRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateEditor.o: LGridDateEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateEditor.o LGridDateEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateRenderer.o: LGridDateRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateRenderer.o LGridDateRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinEditor.o: LGridSpinEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinEditor.o LGridSpinEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinRenderer.o: LGridSpinRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinRenderer.o LGridSpinRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextEditor.o: LGridTextEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextEditor.o LGridTextEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextRenderer.o: LGridTextRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextRenderer.o LGridTextRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LInformation.o: LInformation.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LInformation.o LInformation.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LItemData.o: LItemData.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LItemData.o LItemData.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LLightPQResultSet.o: LLightPQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LLightPQResultSet.o LLightPQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LLightResultSet.o: LLightResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LLightResultSet.o LLightResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LLightSQResultSet.o: LLightSQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LLightSQResultSet.o LLightSQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LNavigator.o: LNavigator.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LNavigator.o LNavigator.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LPQConnection.o: LPQConnection.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LPQConnection.o LPQConnection.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LPQResultSet.o: LPQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LPQResultSet.o LPQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LResultSet.o: LResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LResultSet.o LResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LSQConnection.o: LSQConnection.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LSQConnection.o LSQConnection.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LSQResultSet.o: LSQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LSQResultSet.o LSQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LSQresult.o: LSQresult.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -g -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LSQresult.o LSQresult.cpp
+
+# Subprojects
+.build-subprojects:
+
+# Clean Targets
+.clean-conf: ${CLEAN_SUBPROJECTS}
+	${RM} -r ${CND_BUILDDIR}/${CND_CONF}
+
+# Subprojects
+.clean-subprojects:
+
+# Enable dependency checking
+.dep.inc: .depcheck-impl
+
+include .dep.inc

L7/nbproject/Makefile-Release.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+#
+# Generated Makefile - do not edit!
+#
+# Edit the Makefile in the project folder instead (../Makefile). Each target
+# has a -pre and a -post target defined where you can add customized code.
+#
+# This makefile implements configuration specific macros and targets.
+
+
+# Environment
+MKDIR=mkdir
+CP=cp
+GREP=grep
+NM=nm
+CCADMIN=CCadmin
+RANLIB=ranlib
+CC=gcc
+CCC=g++
+CXX=g++
+FC=gfortran
+AS=as
+
+# Macros
+CND_PLATFORM=GNU-Linux
+CND_DLIB_EXT=so
+CND_CONF=Release
+CND_DISTDIR=dist
+CND_BUILDDIR=build
+
+# Include project Makefile
+include Makefile
+
+# Object Directory
+OBJECTDIR=${CND_BUILDDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}
+
+# Object Files
+OBJECTFILES= \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundCheckBox.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundComboBox.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundControl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundGrid.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundSpinCtrl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundTextCtrl.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LConnection.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridColEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextEditor.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextRenderer.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LInformation.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LItemData.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LLightPQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LLightResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LLightSQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LNavigator.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LPQConnection.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LPQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LSQConnection.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LSQResultSet.o \
+	${OBJECTDIR}/LSQresult.o
+
+
+# C Compiler Flags
+CFLAGS=
+
+# CC Compiler Flags
+CCFLAGS=
+CXXFLAGS=
+
+# Fortran Compiler Flags
+FFLAGS=
+
+# Assembler Flags
+ASFLAGS=
+
+# Link Libraries and Options
+LDLIBSOPTIONS=-L/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib -lwx_baseu-3.1 -lwx_gtk2u_core-3.1
+
+# Build Targets
+.build-conf: ${BUILD_SUBPROJECTS}
+	"${MAKE}"  -f nbproject/Makefile-${CND_CONF}.mk ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}
+
+${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}: ${OBJECTFILES}
+	${MKDIR} -p ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}
+	${LINK.cc} -o ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT} ${OBJECTFILES} ${LDLIBSOPTIONS} -shared -s -fPIC
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundCheckBox.o: LBoundCheckBox.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundCheckBox.o LBoundCheckBox.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundComboBox.o: LBoundComboBox.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundComboBox.o LBoundComboBox.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundControl.o: LBoundControl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundControl.o LBoundControl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.o: LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundDatePickerCtrl.o LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundGrid.o: LBoundGrid.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundGrid.o LBoundGrid.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundSpinCtrl.o: LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundSpinCtrl.o LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundTextCtrl.o: LBoundTextCtrl.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LBoundTextCtrl.o LBoundTextCtrl.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LConnection.o: LConnection.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LConnection.o LConnection.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckEditor.o: LGridCheckEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckEditor.o LGridCheckEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckRenderer.o: LGridCheckRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridCheckRenderer.o LGridCheckRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridColEditor.o: LGridColEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridColEditor.o LGridColEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboEditor.o: LGridComboEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboEditor.o LGridComboEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboRenderer.o: LGridComboRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridComboRenderer.o LGridComboRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateEditor.o: LGridDateEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateEditor.o LGridDateEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateRenderer.o: LGridDateRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridDateRenderer.o LGridDateRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinEditor.o: LGridSpinEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinEditor.o LGridSpinEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinRenderer.o: LGridSpinRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridSpinRenderer.o LGridSpinRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextEditor.o: LGridTextEditor.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextEditor.o LGridTextEditor.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextRenderer.o: LGridTextRenderer.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LGridTextRenderer.o LGridTextRenderer.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LInformation.o: LInformation.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LInformation.o LInformation.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LItemData.o: LItemData.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LItemData.o LItemData.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LLightPQResultSet.o: LLightPQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LLightPQResultSet.o LLightPQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LLightResultSet.o: LLightResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LLightResultSet.o LLightResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LLightSQResultSet.o: LLightSQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LLightSQResultSet.o LLightSQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LNavigator.o: LNavigator.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LNavigator.o LNavigator.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LPQConnection.o: LPQConnection.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LPQConnection.o LPQConnection.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LPQResultSet.o: LPQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LPQResultSet.o LPQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LResultSet.o: LResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LResultSet.o LResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LSQConnection.o: LSQConnection.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LSQConnection.o LSQConnection.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LSQResultSet.o: LSQResultSet.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LSQResultSet.o LSQResultSet.cpp
+
+${OBJECTDIR}/LSQresult.o: LSQresult.cpp
+	${MKDIR} -p ${OBJECTDIR}
+	${RM} "$@.d"
+	$(COMPILE.cc) -O2 -s -DUSE_LIBPQ -DUSE_LIBSQ -DWXUSINGDLL -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__ -DwxDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1 -I/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1 -fPIC  -MMD -MP -MF "$@.d" -o ${OBJECTDIR}/LSQresult.o LSQresult.cpp
+
+# Subprojects
+.build-subprojects:
+
+# Clean Targets
+.clean-conf: ${CLEAN_SUBPROJECTS}
+	${RM} -r ${CND_BUILDDIR}/${CND_CONF}
+
+# Subprojects
+.clean-subprojects:
+
+# Enable dependency checking
+.dep.inc: .depcheck-impl
+
+include .dep.inc

L7/nbproject/Makefile-impl.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# 
+# Generated Makefile - do not edit! 
+# 
+# Edit the Makefile in the project folder instead (../Makefile). Each target
+# has a pre- and a post- target defined where you can add customization code.
+#
+# This makefile implements macros and targets common to all configurations.
+#
+# NOCDDL
+
+
+# Building and Cleaning subprojects are done by default, but can be controlled with the SUB
+# macro. If SUB=no, subprojects will not be built or cleaned. The following macro
+# statements set BUILD_SUB-CONF and CLEAN_SUB-CONF to .build-reqprojects-conf
+# and .clean-reqprojects-conf unless SUB has the value 'no'
+SUB_no=NO
+SUBPROJECTS=${SUB_${SUB}}
+BUILD_SUBPROJECTS_=.build-subprojects
+BUILD_SUBPROJECTS_NO=
+BUILD_SUBPROJECTS=${BUILD_SUBPROJECTS_${SUBPROJECTS}}
+CLEAN_SUBPROJECTS_=.clean-subprojects
+CLEAN_SUBPROJECTS_NO=
+CLEAN_SUBPROJECTS=${CLEAN_SUBPROJECTS_${SUBPROJECTS}}
+
+
+# Project Name
+PROJECTNAME=L7
+
+# Active Configuration
+DEFAULTCONF=Debug
+CONF=${DEFAULTCONF}
+
+# All Configurations
+ALLCONFS=Debug Release 
+
+
+# build
+.build-impl: .build-pre .validate-impl .depcheck-impl
+	@#echo "=> Running $@... Configuration=$(CONF)"
+	"${MAKE}" -f nbproject/Makefile-${CONF}.mk QMAKE=${QMAKE} SUBPROJECTS=${SUBPROJECTS} .build-conf
+
+
+# clean
+.clean-impl: .clean-pre .validate-impl .depcheck-impl
+	@#echo "=> Running $@... Configuration=$(CONF)"
+	"${MAKE}" -f nbproject/Makefile-${CONF}.mk QMAKE=${QMAKE} SUBPROJECTS=${SUBPROJECTS} .clean-conf
+
+
+# clobber 
+.clobber-impl: .clobber-pre .depcheck-impl
+	@#echo "=> Running $@..."
+	for CONF in ${ALLCONFS}; \
+	do \
+	    "${MAKE}" -f nbproject/Makefile-$${CONF}.mk QMAKE=${QMAKE} SUBPROJECTS=${SUBPROJECTS} .clean-conf; \
+	done
+
+# all 
+.all-impl: .all-pre .depcheck-impl
+	@#echo "=> Running $@..."
+	for CONF in ${ALLCONFS}; \
+	do \
+	    "${MAKE}" -f nbproject/Makefile-$${CONF}.mk QMAKE=${QMAKE} SUBPROJECTS=${SUBPROJECTS} .build-conf; \
+	done
+
+# build tests
+.build-tests-impl: .build-impl .build-tests-pre
+	@#echo "=> Running $@... Configuration=$(CONF)"
+	"${MAKE}" -f nbproject/Makefile-${CONF}.mk SUBPROJECTS=${SUBPROJECTS} .build-tests-conf
+
+# run tests
+.test-impl: .build-tests-impl .test-pre
+	@#echo "=> Running $@... Configuration=$(CONF)"
+	"${MAKE}" -f nbproject/Makefile-${CONF}.mk SUBPROJECTS=${SUBPROJECTS} .test-conf
+
+# dependency checking support
+.depcheck-impl:
+	@echo "# This code depends on make tool being used" >.dep.inc
+	@if [ -n "${MAKE_VERSION}" ]; then \
+	    echo "DEPFILES=\$$(wildcard \$$(addsuffix .d, \$${OBJECTFILES} \$${TESTOBJECTFILES}))" >>.dep.inc; \
+	    echo "ifneq (\$${DEPFILES},)" >>.dep.inc; \
+	    echo "include \$${DEPFILES}" >>.dep.inc; \
+	    echo "endif" >>.dep.inc; \
+	else \
+	    echo ".KEEP_STATE:" >>.dep.inc; \
+	    echo ".KEEP_STATE_FILE:.make.state.\$${CONF}" >>.dep.inc; \
+	fi
+
+# configuration validation
+.validate-impl:
+	@if [ ! -f nbproject/Makefile-${CONF}.mk ]; \
+	then \
+	    echo ""; \
+	    echo "Error: can not find the makefile for configuration '${CONF}' in project ${PROJECTNAME}"; \
+	    echo "See 'make help' for details."; \
+	    echo "Current directory: " `pwd`; \
+	    echo ""; \
+	fi
+	@if [ ! -f nbproject/Makefile-${CONF}.mk ]; \
+	then \
+	    exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+
+# help
+.help-impl: .help-pre
+	@echo "This makefile supports the following configurations:"
+	@echo "    ${ALLCONFS}"
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "and the following targets:"
+	@echo "    build  (default target)"
+	@echo "    clean"
+	@echo "    clobber"
+	@echo "    all"
+	@echo "    help"
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "Makefile Usage:"
+	@echo "    make [CONF=<CONFIGURATION>] [SUB=no] build"
+	@echo "    make [CONF=<CONFIGURATION>] [SUB=no] clean"
+	@echo "    make [SUB=no] clobber"
+	@echo "    make [SUB=no] all"
+	@echo "    make help"
+	@echo ""
+	@echo "Target 'build' will build a specific configuration and, unless 'SUB=no',"
+	@echo "    also build subprojects."
+	@echo "Target 'clean' will clean a specific configuration and, unless 'SUB=no',"
+	@echo "    also clean subprojects."
+	@echo "Target 'clobber' will remove all built files from all configurations and,"
+	@echo "    unless 'SUB=no', also from subprojects."
+	@echo "Target 'all' will will build all configurations and, unless 'SUB=no',"
+	@echo "    also build subprojects."
+	@echo "Target 'help' prints this message."
+	@echo ""
+

L7/nbproject/Makefile-variables.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+# Generated - do not edit!
+#
+# NOCDDL
+#
+CND_BASEDIR=`pwd`
+CND_BUILDDIR=build
+CND_DISTDIR=dist
+# Debug configuration
+CND_PLATFORM_Debug=GNU-Linux
+CND_ARTIFACT_DIR_Debug=dist/Debug/GNU-Linux
+CND_ARTIFACT_NAME_Debug=libL7.so
+CND_ARTIFACT_PATH_Debug=dist/Debug/GNU-Linux/libL7.so
+CND_PACKAGE_DIR_Debug=dist/Debug/GNU-Linux/package
+CND_PACKAGE_NAME_Debug=libL7.so.tar
+CND_PACKAGE_PATH_Debug=dist/Debug/GNU-Linux/package/libL7.so.tar
+# Release configuration
+CND_PLATFORM_Release=GNU-Linux
+CND_ARTIFACT_DIR_Release=dist/Release/GNU-Linux
+CND_ARTIFACT_NAME_Release=libL7.so
+CND_ARTIFACT_PATH_Release=dist/Release/GNU-Linux/libL7.so
+CND_PACKAGE_DIR_Release=dist/Release/GNU-Linux/package
+CND_PACKAGE_NAME_Release=libL7.so.tar
+CND_PACKAGE_PATH_Release=dist/Release/GNU-Linux/package/libL7.so.tar
+#
+# include compiler specific variables
+#
+# dmake command
+ROOT:sh = test -f nbproject/private/Makefile-variables.mk || \
+	(mkdir -p nbproject/private && touch nbproject/private/Makefile-variables.mk)
+#
+# gmake command
+.PHONY: $(shell test -f nbproject/private/Makefile-variables.mk || (mkdir -p nbproject/private && touch nbproject/private/Makefile-variables.mk))
+#
+include nbproject/private/Makefile-variables.mk

L7/nbproject/Package-Debug.bash

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#!/bin/bash -x
+
+#
+# Generated - do not edit!
+#
+
+# Macros
+TOP=`pwd`
+CND_PLATFORM=GNU-Linux
+CND_CONF=Debug
+CND_DISTDIR=dist
+CND_BUILDDIR=build
+CND_DLIB_EXT=so
+NBTMPDIR=${CND_BUILDDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/tmp-packaging
+TMPDIRNAME=tmp-packaging
+OUTPUT_PATH=${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}
+OUTPUT_BASENAME=libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}
+PACKAGE_TOP_DIR=libL7.so/
+
+# Functions
+function checkReturnCode
+{
+    rc=$?
+    if [ $rc != 0 ]
+    then
+        exit $rc
+    fi
+}
+function makeDirectory
+# $1 directory path
+# $2 permission (optional)
+{
+    mkdir -p "$1"
+    checkReturnCode
+    if [ "$2" != "" ]
+    then
+      chmod $2 "$1"
+      checkReturnCode
+    fi
+}
+function copyFileToTmpDir
+# $1 from-file path
+# $2 to-file path
+# $3 permission
+{
+    cp "$1" "$2"
+    checkReturnCode
+    if [ "$3" != "" ]
+    then
+        chmod $3 "$2"
+        checkReturnCode
+    fi
+}
+
+# Setup
+cd "${TOP}"
+mkdir -p ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/package
+rm -rf ${NBTMPDIR}
+mkdir -p ${NBTMPDIR}
+
+# Copy files and create directories and links
+cd "${TOP}"
+makeDirectory "${NBTMPDIR}/libL7.so/lib"
+copyFileToTmpDir "${OUTPUT_PATH}" "${NBTMPDIR}/${PACKAGE_TOP_DIR}lib/${OUTPUT_BASENAME}" 0644
+
+
+# Generate tar file
+cd "${TOP}"
+rm -f ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/package/libL7.so.tar
+cd ${NBTMPDIR}
+tar -vcf ../../../../${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/package/libL7.so.tar *
+checkReturnCode
+
+# Cleanup
+cd "${TOP}"
+rm -rf ${NBTMPDIR}

L7/nbproject/Package-Release.bash

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+#!/bin/bash -x
+
+#
+# Generated - do not edit!
+#
+
+# Macros
+TOP=`pwd`
+CND_PLATFORM=GNU-Linux
+CND_CONF=Release
+CND_DISTDIR=dist
+CND_BUILDDIR=build
+CND_DLIB_EXT=so
+NBTMPDIR=${CND_BUILDDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/tmp-packaging
+TMPDIRNAME=tmp-packaging
+OUTPUT_PATH=${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}
+OUTPUT_BASENAME=libL7.${CND_DLIB_EXT}
+PACKAGE_TOP_DIR=libL7.so/
+
+# Functions
+function checkReturnCode
+{
+    rc=$?
+    if [ $rc != 0 ]
+    then
+        exit $rc
+    fi
+}
+function makeDirectory
+# $1 directory path
+# $2 permission (optional)
+{
+    mkdir -p "$1"
+    checkReturnCode
+    if [ "$2" != "" ]
+    then
+      chmod $2 "$1"
+      checkReturnCode
+    fi
+}
+function copyFileToTmpDir
+# $1 from-file path
+# $2 to-file path
+# $3 permission
+{
+    cp "$1" "$2"
+    checkReturnCode
+    if [ "$3" != "" ]
+    then
+        chmod $3 "$2"
+        checkReturnCode
+    fi
+}
+
+# Setup
+cd "${TOP}"
+mkdir -p ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/package
+rm -rf ${NBTMPDIR}
+mkdir -p ${NBTMPDIR}
+
+# Copy files and create directories and links
+cd "${TOP}"
+makeDirectory "${NBTMPDIR}/libL7.so/lib"
+copyFileToTmpDir "${OUTPUT_PATH}" "${NBTMPDIR}/${PACKAGE_TOP_DIR}lib/${OUTPUT_BASENAME}" 0644
+
+
+# Generate tar file
+cd "${TOP}"
+rm -f ${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/package/libL7.so.tar
+cd ${NBTMPDIR}
+tar -vcf ../../../../${CND_DISTDIR}/${CND_CONF}/${CND_PLATFORM}/package/libL7.so.tar *
+checkReturnCode
+
+# Cleanup
+cd "${TOP}"
+rm -rf ${NBTMPDIR}

L7/nbproject/configurations.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<configurationDescriptor version="100">
+  <logicalFolder name="root" displayName="root" projectFiles="true" kind="ROOT">
+    <logicalFolder name="HeaderFiles"
+                   displayName="Header Files"
+                   projectFiles="true">
+      <itemPath>LBoundCheckBox.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundComboBox.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundControl.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundGrid.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundSpinCtrl.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundTextCtrl.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LConnection.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridCheckEditor.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridCheckRenderer.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridColEditor.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridComboEditor.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridComboRenderer.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridDateEditor.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridDateRenderer.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridSpinEditor.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridSpinRenderer.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridTextEditor.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridTextRenderer.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LInformation.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LItemData.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LLightPQResultSet.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LLightResultSet.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LLightSQResultSet.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LNavigator.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LPQConnection.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LPQResultSet.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LResultSet.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LSQConnection.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LSQResultSet.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LSQresult.h</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LVersion.h</itemPath>
+    </logicalFolder>
+    <logicalFolder name="ResourceFiles"
+                   displayName="Resource Files"
+                   projectFiles="true">
+    </logicalFolder>
+    <logicalFolder name="SourceFiles"
+                   displayName="Source Files"
+                   projectFiles="true">
+      <itemPath>LBoundCheckBox.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundComboBox.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundControl.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundGrid.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LBoundTextCtrl.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LConnection.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridCheckEditor.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridCheckRenderer.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridColEditor.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridComboEditor.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridComboRenderer.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridDateEditor.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridDateRenderer.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridSpinEditor.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridSpinRenderer.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridTextEditor.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LGridTextRenderer.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LInformation.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LItemData.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LLightPQResultSet.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LLightResultSet.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LLightSQResultSet.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LNavigator.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LPQConnection.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LPQResultSet.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LResultSet.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LSQConnection.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LSQResultSet.cpp</itemPath>
+      <itemPath>LSQresult.cpp</itemPath>
+    </logicalFolder>
+    <logicalFolder name="TestFiles"
+                   displayName="Test Files"
+                   projectFiles="false"
+                   kind="TEST_LOGICAL_FOLDER">
+    </logicalFolder>
+    <logicalFolder name="ExternalFiles"
+                   displayName="Important Files"
+                   projectFiles="false"
+                   kind="IMPORTANT_FILES_FOLDER">
+      <itemPath>Makefile</itemPath>
+    </logicalFolder>
+  </logicalFolder>
+  <projectmakefile>Makefile</projectmakefile>
+  <confs>
+    <conf name="Debug" type="2">
+      <toolsSet>
+        <compilerSet>default</compilerSet>
+        <dependencyChecking>true</dependencyChecking>
+        <rebuildPropChanged>false</rebuildPropChanged>
+      </toolsSet>
+      <compileType>
+        <ccTool>
+          <incDir>
+            <pElem>/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1</pElem>
+            <pElem>/usr/local/wxWidgets/include/wx-3.1</pElem>
+          </incDir>
+          <preprocessorList>
+            <Elem>USE_LIBPQ</Elem>
+            <Elem>USE_LIBSQ</Elem>
+            <Elem>WXUSINGDLL</Elem>
+            <Elem>_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64</Elem>
+            <Elem>__WXGTK__</Elem>
+          </preprocessorList>
+        </ccTool>
+        <linkerTool>
+          <linkerAddLib>
+            <pElem>/usr/local/wxWidgets/lib</pElem>
+          </linkerAddLib>
+          <commandlineTool>g++</commandlineTool>
+          <linkerLibItems>
+            <linkerLibLibItem>wx_baseu-3.1</linkerLibLibItem>
+            <linkerLibLibItem>wx_gtk2u_core-3.1</linkerLibLibItem>
+          </linkerLibItems>
+        </linkerTool>
+      </compileType>
+      <item path="LBoundCheckBox.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundCheckBox.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundComboBox.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundComboBox.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundControl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundControl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundGrid.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundGrid.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundSpinCtrl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundTextCtrl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundTextCtrl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LConnection.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LConnection.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridColEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridColEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LInformation.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LInformation.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LItemData.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LItemData.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightPQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightPQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightSQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightSQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LNavigator.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LNavigator.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQConnection.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQConnection.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQConnection.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQConnection.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQresult.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQresult.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LVersion.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+    </conf>
+    <conf name="Release" type="2">
+      <toolsSet>
+        <compilerSet>default</compilerSet>
+        <dependencyChecking>true</dependencyChecking>
+        <rebuildPropChanged>false</rebuildPropChanged>
+      </toolsSet>
+      <compileType>
+        <cTool>
+          <developmentMode>5</developmentMode>
+        </cTool>
+        <ccTool>
+          <developmentMode>5</developmentMode>
+          <stripSymbols>true</stripSymbols>
+          <incDir>
+            <pElem>/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/include/wx-3.1</pElem>
+            <pElem>/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-3.1</pElem>
+          </incDir>
+          <preprocessorList>
+            <Elem>USE_LIBPQ</Elem>
+            <Elem>USE_LIBSQ</Elem>
+            <Elem>WXUSINGDLL</Elem>
+            <Elem>_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64</Elem>
+            <Elem>__WXGTK__</Elem>
+            <Elem>wxDEBUG_LEVEL=0</Elem>
+          </preprocessorList>
+        </ccTool>
+        <fortranCompilerTool>
+          <developmentMode>5</developmentMode>
+        </fortranCompilerTool>
+        <asmTool>
+          <developmentMode>5</developmentMode>
+        </asmTool>
+        <linkerTool>
+          <linkerAddLib>
+            <pElem>/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib</pElem>
+          </linkerAddLib>
+          <stripSymbols>true</stripSymbols>
+          <linkerLibItems>
+            <linkerLibLibItem>wx_baseu-3.1</linkerLibLibItem>
+            <linkerLibLibItem>wx_gtk2u_core-3.1</linkerLibLibItem>
+          </linkerLibItems>
+        </linkerTool>
+      </compileType>
+      <item path="LBoundCheckBox.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundCheckBox.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundComboBox.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundComboBox.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundControl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundControl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundDatePickerCtrl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundDatePickerCtrl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundGrid.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundGrid.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundSpinCtrl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundSpinCtrl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundTextCtrl.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LBoundTextCtrl.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LConnection.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LConnection.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridCheckRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridColEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridColEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridComboRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridDateRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridSpinRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextEditor.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextEditor.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextRenderer.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LGridTextRenderer.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LInformation.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LInformation.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LItemData.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LItemData.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightPQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightPQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightSQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LLightSQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LNavigator.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LNavigator.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQConnection.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQConnection.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LPQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQConnection.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQConnection.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQResultSet.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQResultSet.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQresult.cpp" ex="false" tool="1" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LSQresult.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+      <item path="LVersion.h" ex="false" tool="3" flavor2="0">
+      </item>
+    </conf>
+  </confs>
+</configurationDescriptor>

L7/nbproject/private/Makefile-variables.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#
+# Generated - do not edit!
+#
+# NOCDDL
+#
+# Debug configuration
+# Release configuration

L7/nbproject/private/c_standard_headers_indexer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
+ * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
+ * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
+ * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
+ * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
+ * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
+ * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+ * License.  When distributing the software, include this License Header
+ * Notice in each file and include the License file at
+ * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
+ * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
+ * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
+ * your own identifying information:
+ * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
+ *
+ * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
+ * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
+ * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
+ * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
+ * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
+ * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
+ * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
+ * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
+ * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
+ * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ */
+
+// List of standard headers was taken in http://en.cppreference.com/w/c/header
+
+#include <assert.h> 	 // Conditionally compiled macro that compares its argument to zero
+#include <ctype.h> 	 // Functions to determine the type contained in character data
+#include <errno.h> 	 // Macros reporting error conditions
+#include <float.h> 	 // Limits of float types
+#include <limits.h> 	 // Sizes of basic types
+#include <locale.h> 	 // Localization utilities
+#include <math.h> 	 // Common mathematics functions
+#include <setjmp.h> 	 // Nonlocal jumps
+#include <signal.h> 	 // Signal handling
+#include <stdarg.h> 	 // Variable arguments
+#include <stddef.h> 	 // Common macro definitions
+#include <stdio.h> 	 // Input/output
+#include <string.h> 	 // String handling
+#include <stdlib.h> 	 // General utilities: memory management, program utilities, string conversions, random numbers
+#include <time.h> 	 // Time/date utilities
+#include <iso646.h>      // (since C95) Alternative operator spellings
+#include <wchar.h>       // (since C95) Extended multibyte and wide character utilities
+#include <wctype.h>      // (since C95) Wide character classification and mapping utilities
+#ifdef _STDC_C99
+#include <complex.h>     // (since C99) Complex number arithmetic
+#include <fenv.h>        // (since C99) Floating-point environment
+#include <inttypes.h>    // (since C99) Format conversion of integer types
+#include <stdbool.h>     // (since C99) Boolean type
+#include <stdint.h>      // (since C99) Fixed-width integer types
+#include <tgmath.h>      // (since C99) Type-generic math (macros wrapping math.h and complex.h)
+#endif
+#ifdef _STDC_C11
+#include <stdalign.h>    // (since C11) alignas and alignof convenience macros
+#include <stdatomic.h>   // (since C11) Atomic types
+#include <stdnoreturn.h> // (since C11) noreturn convenience macros
+#include <threads.h>     // (since C11) Thread library
+#include <uchar.h>       // (since C11) UTF-16 and UTF-32 character utilities
+#endif

L7/nbproject/private/configurations.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<configurationDescriptor version="100">
+  <projectmakefile>Makefile</projectmakefile>
+  <confs>
+    <conf name="Debug" type="2">
+      <toolsSet>
+        <developmentServer>localhost</developmentServer>
+        <platform>2</platform>
+      </toolsSet>
+      <dbx_gdbdebugger version="1">
+        <gdb_pathmaps>
+        </gdb_pathmaps>
+        <gdb_interceptlist>
+          <gdbinterceptoptions gdb_all="false" gdb_unhandled="true" gdb_unexpected="true"/>
+        </gdb_interceptlist>
+        <gdb_options>
+          <DebugOptions>
+          </DebugOptions>
+        </gdb_options>
+        <gdb_buildfirst gdb_buildfirst_overriden="false" gdb_buildfirst_old="false"/>
+      </dbx_gdbdebugger>
+      <nativedebugger version="1">
+        <engine>gdb</engine>
+      </nativedebugger>
+      <runprofile version="9">
+        <runcommandpicklist>
+          <runcommandpicklistitem>"${OUTPUT_PATH}"</runcommandpicklistitem>
+        </runcommandpicklist>
+        <runcommand>"${OUTPUT_PATH}"</runcommand>
+        <rundir></rundir>
+        <buildfirst>true</buildfirst>
+        <terminal-type>0</terminal-type>
+        <remove-instrumentation>0</remove-instrumentation>
+        <environment>
+        </environment>
+      </runprofile>
+    </conf>
+    <conf name="Release" type="2">
+      <toolsSet>
+        <developmentServer>localhost</developmentServer>
+        <platform>2</platform>
+      </toolsSet>
+      <dbx_gdbdebugger version="1">
+        <gdb_pathmaps>
+        </gdb_pathmaps>
+        <gdb_interceptlist>
+          <gdbinterceptoptions gdb_all="false" gdb_unhandled="true" gdb_unexpected="true"/>
+        </gdb_interceptlist>
+        <gdb_options>
+          <DebugOptions>
+          </DebugOptions>
+        </gdb_options>
+        <gdb_buildfirst gdb_buildfirst_overriden="false" gdb_buildfirst_old="false"/>
+      </dbx_gdbdebugger>
+      <nativedebugger version="1">
+        <engine>gdb</engine>
+      </nativedebugger>
+      <runprofile version="9">
+        <runcommandpicklist>
+          <runcommandpicklistitem>"${OUTPUT_PATH}"</runcommandpicklistitem>
+        </runcommandpicklist>
+        <runcommand>"${OUTPUT_PATH}"</runcommand>
+        <rundir></rundir>
+        <buildfirst>true</buildfirst>
+        <terminal-type>0</terminal-type>
+        <remove-instrumentation>0</remove-instrumentation>
+        <environment>
+          <variable name="LD_LIBRARY_PATH" value="/usr/local/wxWidgets-Release/lib"/>
+        </environment>
+      </runprofile>
+    </conf>
+  </confs>
+</configurationDescriptor>

L7/nbproject/private/cpp_standard_headers_indexer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS HEADER.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
+ * Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of either the GNU
+ * General Public License Version 2 only ("GPL") or the Common
+ * Development and Distribution License("CDDL") (collectively, the
+ * "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You can obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.netbeans.org/cddl-gplv2.html
+ * or nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP. See the License for the
+ * specific language governing permissions and limitations under the
+ * License.  When distributing the software, include this License Header
+ * Notice in each file and include the License file at
+ * nbbuild/licenses/CDDL-GPL-2-CP.  Oracle designates this
+ * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
+ * by Oracle in the GPL Version 2 section of the License file that
+ * accompanied this code. If applicable, add the following below the
+ * License Header, with the fields enclosed by brackets [] replaced by
+ * your own identifying information:
+ * "Portions Copyrighted [year] [name of copyright owner]"
+ *
+ * If you wish your version of this file to be governed by only the CDDL
+ * or only the GPL Version 2, indicate your decision by adding
+ * "[Contributor] elects to include this software in this distribution
+ * under the [CDDL or GPL Version 2] license." If you do not indicate a
+ * single choice of license, a recipient has the option to distribute
+ * your version of this file under either the CDDL, the GPL Version 2 or
+ * to extend the choice of license to its licensees as provided above.
+ * However, if you add GPL Version 2 code and therefore, elected the GPL
+ * Version 2 license, then the option applies only if the new code is
+ * made subject to such option by the copyright holder.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ */
+
+// List of standard headers was taken in http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/header
+
+#include <cstdlib> 	    // General purpose utilities: program control, dynamic memory allocation, random numbers, sort and search
+#include <csignal> 	    // Functions and macro constants for signal management
+#include <csetjmp> 	    // Macro (and function) that saves (and jumps) to an execution context
+#include <cstdarg> 	    // Handling of variable length argument lists
+#include <typeinfo> 	    // Runtime type information utilities
+#include <bitset> 	    // std::bitset class template
+#include <functional> 	    // Function objects, designed for use with the standard algorithms
+#include <utility> 	    // Various utility components
+#include <ctime> 	    // C-style time/date utilites
+#include <cstddef> 	    // typedefs for types such as size_t, NULL and others
+#include <new> 	            // Low-level memory management utilities
+#include <memory> 	    // Higher level memory management utilities
+#include <climits>          // limits of integral types
+#include <cfloat> 	    // limits of float types
+#include <limits> 	    // standardized way to query properties of arithmetic types
+#include <exception> 	    // Exception handling utilities
+#include <stdexcept> 	    // Standard exception objects
+#include <cassert> 	    // Conditionally compiled macro that compares its argument to zero
+#include <cerrno>           // Macro containing the last error number
+#include <cctype>           // functions to determine the type contained in character data
+#include <cwctype>          // functions for determining the type of wide character data
+#include <cstring> 	    // various narrow character string handling functions
+#include <cwchar> 	    // various wide and multibyte string handling functions
+#include <string> 	    // std::basic_string class template
+#include <vector> 	    // std::vector container
+#include <deque> 	    // std::deque container
+#include <list> 	    // std::list container
+#include <set> 	            // std::set and std::multiset associative containers
+#include <map> 	            // std::map and std::multimap associative containers
+#include <stack> 	    // std::stack container adaptor
+#include <queue> 	    // std::queue and std::priority_queue container adaptors
+#include <algorithm> 	    // Algorithms that operate on containers
+#include <iterator> 	    // Container iterators
+#include <cmath>            // Common mathematics functions
+#include <complex>          // Complex number type
+#include <valarray>         // Class for representing and manipulating arrays of values
+#include <numeric>          // Numeric operations on values in containers
+#include <iosfwd>           // forward declarations of all classes in the input/output library
+#include <ios>              // std::ios_base class, std::basic_ios class template and several typedefs
+#include <istream>          // std::basic_istream class template and several typedefs
+#include <ostream>          // std::basic_ostream, std::basic_iostream class templates and several typedefs
+#include <iostream>         // several standard stream objects
+#include <fstream>          // std::basic_fstream, std::basic_ifstream, std::basic_ofstream class templates and several typedefs
+#include <sstream>          // std::basic_stringstream, std::basic_istringstream, std::basic_ostringstream class templates and several typedefs
+#include <strstream>        // std::strstream, std::istrstream, std::ostrstream(deprecated)
+#include <iomanip>          // Helper functions to control the format or input and output
+#include <streambuf>        // std::basic_streambuf class template
+#include <cstdio>           // C-style input-output functions
+#include <locale>           // Localization utilities
+#include <clocale>          // C localization utilities
+#include <ciso646>          // empty header. The macros that appear in iso646.h in C are keywords in C++
+#if __cplusplus >= 201103L
+#include <typeindex>        // (since C++11) 	std::type_index
+#include <type_traits>      // (since C++11) 	Compile-time type information
+#include <chrono>           // (since C++11) 	C++ time utilites
+#include <initializer_list> // (since C++11) 	std::initializer_list class template
+#include <tuple>            // (since C++11) 	std::tuple class template
+#include <scoped_allocator> // (since C++11) 	Nested allocator class
+#include <cstdint>          // (since C++11) 	fixed-size types and limits of other types
+#include <cinttypes>        // (since C++11) 	formatting macros , intmax_t and uintmax_t math and conversions
+#include <system_error>     // (since C++11) 	defines std::error_code, a platform-dependent error code
+#include <cuchar>           // (since C++11) 	C-style Unicode character conversion functions
+#include <array>            // (since C++11) 	std::array container
+#include <forward_list>     // (since C++11) 	std::forward_list container
+#include <unordered_set>    // (since C++11) 	std::unordered_set and std::unordered_multiset unordered associative containers
+#include <unordered_map>    // (since C++11) 	std::unordered_map and std::unordered_multimap unordered associative containers
+#include <random>           // (since C++11) 	Random number generators and distributions
+#include <ratio>            // (since C++11) 	Compile-time rational arithmetic
+#include <cfenv>            // (since C++11) 	Floating-point environment access functions
+#include <codecvt>          // (since C++11) 	Unicode conversion facilities
+#include <regex>            // (since C++11) 	Classes, algorithms and iterators to support regular expression processing
+#include <atomic>           // (since C++11) 	Atomic operations library
+#include <ccomplex>         // (since C++11)(deprecated in C++17) 	simply includes the header <complex>
+#include <ctgmath>          // (since C++11)(deprecated in C++17) 	simply includes the headers <ccomplex> (until C++17)<complex> (since C++17) and <cmath>: the overloads equivalent to the contents of the C header tgmath.h are already provided by those headers
+#include <cstdalign>        // (since C++11)(deprecated in C++17) 	defines one compatibility macro constant
+#include <cstdbool>         // (since C++11)(deprecated in C++17) 	defines one compatibility macro constant
+#include <thread>           // (since C++11) 	std::thread class and supporting functions
+#include <mutex>            // (since C++11) 	mutual exclusion primitives
+#include <future>           // (since C++11) 	primitives for asynchronous computations
+#include <condition_variable> // (since C++11) 	thread waiting conditions
+#endif
+#if __cplusplus >= 201300L
+#include <shared_mutex>     // (since C++14) 	shared mutual exclusion primitives
+#endif
+#if __cplusplus >= 201500L
+#include <any>              // (since C++17) 	std::any class template
+#include <optional>         // (since C++17) 	std::optional class template
+#include <variant>          // (since C++17) 	std::variant class template
+#include <memory_resource>  // (since C++17) 	Polymorphic allocators and memory resources
+#include <string_view>      // (since C++17) 	std::basic_string_view class template
+#include <execution>        // (since C++17) 	Predefined execution policies for parallel versions of the algorithms
+#include <filesystem>       // (since C++17) 	std::path class and supporting functions
+#endif

L7/nbproject/private/launcher.properties

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# Launchers File syntax:
+#
+# [Must-have property line] 
+# launcher1.runCommand=<Run Command>
+# [Optional extra properties] 
+# launcher1.displayName=<Display Name, runCommand by default>
+# launcher1.buildCommand=<Build Command, Build Command specified in project properties by default>
+# launcher1.runDir=<Run Directory, ${PROJECT_DIR} by default>
+# launcher1.symbolFiles=<Symbol Files loaded by debugger, ${OUTPUT_PATH} by default>
+# launcher1.env.<Environment variable KEY>=<Environment variable VALUE>
+# (If this value is quoted with ` it is handled as a native command which execution result will become the value)
+# [Common launcher properties]
+# common.runDir=<Run Directory>
+# (This value is overwritten by a launcher specific runDir value if the latter exists)
+# common.env.<Environment variable KEY>=<Environment variable VALUE>
+# (Environment variables from common launcher are merged with launcher specific variables)
+# common.symbolFiles=<Symbol Files loaded by debugger>
+# (This value is overwritten by a launcher specific symbolFiles value if the latter exists)
+#
+# In runDir, symbolFiles and env fields you can use these macroses:
+# ${PROJECT_DIR}    -   project directory absolute path
+# ${OUTPUT_PATH}    -   linker output path (relative to project directory path)
+# ${OUTPUT_BASENAME}-   linker output filename
+# ${TESTDIR}        -   test files directory (relative to project directory path)
+# ${OBJECTDIR}      -   object files directory (relative to project directory path)
+# ${CND_DISTDIR}    -   distribution directory (relative to project directory path)
+# ${CND_BUILDDIR}   -   build directory (relative to project directory path)
+# ${CND_PLATFORM}   -   platform name
+# ${CND_CONF}       -   configuration name
+# ${CND_DLIB_EXT}   -   dynamic library extension
+#
+# All the project launchers must be listed in the file!
+#
+# launcher1.runCommand=...
+# launcher2.runCommand=...
+# ...
+# common.runDir=...
+# common.env.KEY=VALUE
+
+# launcher1.runCommand=<type your run command here>

L7/nbproject/private/private.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<project-private xmlns="http://www.netbeans.org/ns/project-private/1">
+    <data xmlns="http://www.netbeans.org/ns/make-project-private/1">
+        <activeConfTypeElem>2</activeConfTypeElem>
+        <activeConfIndexElem>0</activeConfIndexElem>
+    </data>
+    <editor-bookmarks xmlns="http://www.netbeans.org/ns/editor-bookmarks/2" lastBookmarkId="0"/>
+    <open-files xmlns="http://www.netbeans.org/ns/projectui-open-files/2">
+        <group/>
+    </open-files>
+</project-private>

L7/nbproject/project.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<project xmlns="http://www.netbeans.org/ns/project/1">
+    <type>org.netbeans.modules.cnd.makeproject</type>
+    <configuration>
+        <data xmlns="http://www.netbeans.org/ns/make-project/1">
+            <name>L7</name>
+            <c-extensions/>
+            <cpp-extensions>cpp</cpp-extensions>
+            <header-extensions>h</header-extensions>
+            <sourceEncoding>UTF-8</sourceEncoding>
+            <make-dep-projects/>
+            <sourceRootList/>
+            <confList>
+                <confElem>
+                    <name>Debug</name>
+                    <type>2</type>
+                </confElem>
+                <confElem>
+                    <name>Release</name>
+                    <type>2</type>
+                </confElem>
+            </confList>
+            <formatting>
+                <project-formatting-style>true</project-formatting-style>
+                <c-style>Apache|Apache</c-style>
+                <cpp-style>Apache|Apache</cpp-style>
+                <header-style>Apache|Apache</header-style>
+            </formatting>
+        </data>
+    </configuration>
+</project>